From: Philipp Hachtmann Date: Mon, 28 Sep 2015 15:11:43 +0000 (+0200) Subject: sw: Added FORTRAN IV and Spacewar X-Git-Url: http://gitweb.hachti.de/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=038c5eb837b64393d02d3b0729c5d2ebb87a97e4;hp=834f78cb89c269555ab80c4056eb1e023cc51f5a;p=pdp8.git sw: Added FORTRAN IV and Spacewar Signed-off-by: Philipp Hachtmann --- diff --git a/sw/f4/bin/AL-4549D-BA.tu56 b/sw/f4/bin/AL-4549D-BA.tu56 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6b1e6c Binary files /dev/null and b/sw/f4/bin/AL-4549D-BA.tu56 differ diff --git a/sw/f4/bin/AL-5596D-BA.tu56 b/sw/f4/bin/AL-5596D-BA.tu56 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..390786e Binary files /dev/null and b/sw/f4/bin/AL-5596D-BA.tu56 differ diff --git a/sw/f4/bin/working-fortran.tu56 b/sw/f4/bin/working-fortran.tu56 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e184747 Binary files /dev/null and b/sw/f4/bin/working-fortran.tu56 differ diff --git a/sw/f4/fiv.tar.Z b/sw/f4/fiv.tar.Z new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e1a29b Binary files /dev/null and b/sw/f4/fiv.tar.Z differ diff --git a/sw/f4/fivssm.doc b/sw/f4/fivssm.doc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8e925f --- /dev/null +++ b/sw/f4/fivssm.doc @@ -0,0 +1,6068 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + OS/8 FORTRAN IV + + SOFTWARE SUPPORT MANUAL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + DISCLAIMER + + This document file was created by scanning the + original document and then editing the scanned + text. As much as possible, the original text + format was restored. Some format changes were + made to insure this document would print on + current laser printers using 60 lines per page, + which changed the page numbering. The original + spelling and grammar have been preserved. + + + 1-NOV-1997 + + + DEC-S8-LFSSA-A-D + + AA-4532A-TA 056573 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + OS/8 FORTRAN IV + + SOFTWARE SUPPORT MANUAL + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ---------------------------------------------------------- + | For additional copies, order No. DEC-S8-LFSSA-A-D | + | from Software Distribution Center, Digital Equipment | + | Corporation, Maynard, Mass. | + ---------------------------------------------------------- + + + digital equipment corporation - maynard, massachusetts + + + + First Printing + June, 1973 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Copyright (c) 1973 by Digital Equipment Corporation + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation, + Maynard, Massachusetts: + + CDP DIGITAL KA10 PS/8 + COMPUTER LAB DNC LAB-8 QUICKPOINT + COMTEX EDGRIN LAB-8/e RAD-8 + COMSYST EDUSYSTEM LAB-K RSTS + DDT FLIP CHIP OMNIBUS RSX + DEC FOCAL OS/8 RTM + DECCOMM GLC-8 PDP SABR + DECTAPE IDAC PHA TYPESET 8 + DIBOL IDACS UNIBUS + INDAC + + + + + + + + + + ii + + + + CONTENTS + + + + + CHAPTER 1 THE F4 COMPILER 1-1 + + CHAPTER 2 THE RALF ASSEMBLER 2-1 + + CHAPTER 3 THE FORTRAN IV LOADER 3-1 + + CHAPTER 4 THE FORTRAN IV RUN-TIME SYSTEM 4-1 + + CHAPTER 5 LIBRA AND FORLIB 5-1 + + APPENDIX A RALF Assembler Permanent Symbol Table A-1 + + APPENDIX B Assembly Instructions B-1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + iii + + + + CHAPTER 1 + + THE F4 COMPILER + + + The OS/8 F4 compiler runs in 8K on either a PDP-8 or a PDP-12. It + operates in three passes to transform FORTRAN IV source programs into + RALF assembly language. The function of each of the three passes is: + + 1. Analyze statements, check syntax and convert to a polish + notation. + + 2. Convert output of PASS1 to RALF assembly language making + extensive use of code skeleton tables. + + 3. Produce a listing of the FORTRAN source program and/or chain + to the assembler. + + The following is a more complete description of each of the three + passes. + + + + PASS1 OPERATION + + After opening the source language input file(s) and an intermediate + output file, PASS1 processes statements in the following fashion: + + 1. Assemble a statement into the statement buffer by reading + characters from the OS/8 input file. This section eliminates + comments and handles continuations so that the statement + buffer contains the entire statement as if it had been + written on one long line. + + 2. The statement is first assumed to be an arithmetic assignment + and an attempt is made to compile it as such. This is done + with a special switch (NOCODE) set so that in the event the + statement is not arithmetic, no erroneous output is produced. + Thus, with this switch set, the expression analyzer + subroutine is used merely as a syntax checker. + + 3. If the statement is indeed an arithmetic assignment statement + (or arithmetic statement function) the switch is set off and + the statement is then recompiled, this time producing output. + + 4. If not an arithmetic assignment, the statement might be one + of the keyword defined statements. The compiler now checks + the first symbol on the line to see of it is a legal keyword + (REAL, GOTO, etc.) and jumps to the appropriate subroutine if + so. Any statement that is not now classified is considered + to be in error. + + 5. The compilation of each statement takes place. Some state- + ments produce only symbol table entries (e.g., DIMENSION) + + 1-1 + + + + which will be processed by PASS2. Others use the arithmetic + expression analyzer (EXPR) and also output special purpose + operators which will tell PASS2 what to do with the value + represented by the arithmetic expression (e.g., IF, DO). + + 6. After the statement has been processed, control passes to the + end-of-statement routine which handles DO-loop terminations + and then outputs the end-of-statement code. + + 7. Statements containing some kind of error cause a special + error code to be output. + + 8. The entire process is now repeated for the next statement. + + 9. When the END statement is encountered, PASS1 chains to PASS2. + + + + PASS1 SYMBOL TABLE + + A significant portion of the PASS1 processing involves the production + of symbol table entries. These entries contain all storage related + information, i.e., variable name, type, dimensions, etc. + + The symbol table is organized as a set of linked lists. The first 26 + such lists are for variables, with the first letter of the variable + name corresponding to the ordinal number of the list. There are also + separate lists for statement numbers and literals (integer, real, + complex, double, and Hollerith). In addition to list elements, there + are special entries for holding DIMENSION and EQUIVALENCE information. + + A detailed description of each type of entry follows. (NOTE: All + symbol table entries are in Field 1.) + + 1. VARIABLE - The first word of each entry is a pointer to the + next entry, with a zero pointer signaling end of list. The + second word contains type information. The third word points + to the dimension and/or equivalence information blocks. The + next one to three words contain the remainder of the name + (the first character is implied by which list the entry is + in) in stripped six-bit ASCII terminated by a zero character. + Thus, shorter variables take less symbol table space. The + entries are (as for all lists in the symbol table) arranged + in order of increasing magnitude, or alphabetically. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1-2 + + + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + DIMENSION/EQUIVALENCE | ------> | + |-------------| + NAME 2-3 | N | A | + |-------------| + NAME 4-5 | M | E | + |-------------| + NAME 6 | X | 0 | + --------------- + + + TYPE WORD FORMAT + + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + | C | D | E | A | E | E || L | A | T || Y | P | E | + | O | I | X | S | Q | X || I | R | || | | | + | M | M | T | F | U | P || T | G | || | | | + | | | | | I | L || | | || | | | + | | | | | V | I || | | || | | | + | | | | | | C || | | || | | | + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + + BIT + + 0 - Variable is in common. + 1 - Variable is dimensioned. + 2 - External symbol or subroutine/function name. + 3 - Symbol is the name of an arithmetic statement function. + 4 - Variable is an equivalence slave. + 5 - Variable is explicitly typed. + 6 - Entry is a literal. + 7 - Variable is a formal parameter. + + - 1 integer + | 2 real + | 3 complex + 8-11 < 4 double + Type | 5 logical + | 8 statement number + - 9 common section name + + 2. STATEMENT NUMBER - The first two words are the standard + pointer/type. The next three words are the statement number, + with leading zeros deleted, in stripped six-bit ASCII, filled + to the right with blanks. + + + + + + 1-3 + + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + NUMBER 1-2 | N | U | + |-------------| + NUMBER 3-4 | M | B | + |-------------| + NUMBER 5 | R | | + --------------- + + 3. INTEGER OR REAL LITERALS - The first two words are the + pointer and type. The next three words are the value in + standard floating-point format (12-bit exponent, 24-bit + signed 2's complement mantissa). Since the type of the + literal must be preserved, there are two lists; hence use of + 1 and 1.0 in the same program will cause one entry in each of + the integer and real literal lists. + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + EXPONENT | V | + |----A--------| + MANTISSA 0-11 | L | + |--------U----| + MANTISSA 12-23 | E | + --------------- + + 4. COMPLEX LITERALS - The first two words are standard. The + next three are the real part in standard floating-point + format. The next three are the imaginary part. + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + REAL EXPONENT | R | + |----E--------| + REAL MANTISSA 0-11 | A | + |------L------| + REAL MANTISSA 12-23 | | + |-------------| + IMAGINARY EXPONENT | IM | + |----A--------| + IMAGINARY MANTISSA 0-11 | GIN | + |--------A----| + IMAGINARY MANTISSA 12-23 | RY | + --------------- + + + + 1-4 + + + + 5. DOUBLE PRECISION LITERALS - The first two words are standard. + The next six are the literal in FPP extended format (12-bit + exponent, 60-bit mantissa). + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + EXPONENT | | + |-------------| + MANTISSA 0-11 | | + |-------------| + MANTISSA 12-23 | | + |-------------| + MANTISSA 24-35 | | + |-------------| + MANTISSA 36-47 | | + |-------------| + MANTISSA 48-59 | | + --------------- + + 6. HOLLERITH (quoted) LITERALS - The first two words are stan- + dard. The next N words are the characters of the literal in + stripped six-bit ASCII, ending in a zero character. + + --------------- + POINTER | ------> | + |-------------| + TYPE | | | | | | | | + |-------------| + CHARACTERS 1-2 | | + --------------- + etc. ............. + + + 7. DIMENSION INFORMATION BLOCK - If a variable is DIMENSIONed, + the third word of its symbol table entry will point to its + dimension information block (may be indirectly, see section + 8 below). The first word of this block is the number of + dimensions. The second word is the total size of the array + in elements; thus the size in PDP-8 words may be 3 or 6 times + this number. The third word contains the "magic number" + which is computed as follows: + + n-1 i + MN= - 1+ SUM of d(j) + i=1 j=1 + + where d(j) is the jth dimension and n is the number of + dimensions. + + + + + 1-5 + + + + For a 3-dimensional variable this number becomes: + + MN+ 1+d(1)+d(1)d(2) + + The magic number must be subtracted from any computed index, + since indexing starts at one and not zero. The fourth word + will (in PASS2) contain the displacement from #LIT of a + literal which will contain either the magic number in + un-normalized form (for dimensioned variables which are + subroutine arguments) or the address of the variable minus + the magic number (for local or COMMON dimensioned variables). + This literal is necessary for calling subroutines where a + subscripted variable is an argument. The next N words are + the dimensions of the variable. If the variable is a formal + parameter of the subroutine, it may have one or more dimen- + sions which are also formal parameters. In this case, the + magic number is zero, and the dimension(s) is a pointer to + the symbol table entry for the variable(s) used as a dimen- + sion. + + ---------- + NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS | # | + |--------| + TOTAL NUMBER OF ELEMENTS | SIZE | + |--------| + MAGIC NUMBER | MN | + |--------| + RESERVED | | + |--------| + DIMENSION 1 | D1 | + |--------| + DIMENSION 2 | D2 | + ---------- + ........ + ---------- + DIMENSION n | Dn | + ---------- + + 8. EQUIVALENCE INFORMATION BLOCK - If a variable is an + EQUIVALENCE slave variable, the third word of its symbol + table entry points to the equivalence information block. + The first word of this block points to the dimension infor- + mation (if any) of the variable. The second word points to + the symbol table entry of the EQUIVALENCE master variable. + The third word is the linearized subscript of the master + variable from the EQUIVALENCE statement. The fourth word is + the linearized subscript of the slave variable. + + + + + + + + + 1-6 + + + + --------------- + POINTER TO DIMENSIONS | ------> | + |-------------| + POINTER TO MASTER | ------> | + |-------------| + MASTER SUBSCRIPT | SSM | + |-------------| + SLAVE SUBSCRIPT | SSM | + --------------- + + 9. COMMON INFORMATION BLOCK - If a symbol is defined as the name + of a COMMON section, the third word of its symbol table entry + points to a list of common information blocks. The first + word of each such block points to the next block. The second + word is the number of entries in the list that follows. The + rest of the block is a set of pointers to the symbol table + entries of the variables in the COMMON section. + + --------------- + POINTER TO NEXT CIB | ------> | + |-------------| + NUMBER OF ENTRIES | # | + |-------------| + - | ------> | + | |-------------| + POINTER TO VARIABLES < | ------> | + IN THIS COMMON | |-------------| + - | ------> | + --------------- + + + + PASS1 OUTPUT + + The output of PASS1 is a stream of polish with many special operators. + Whenever an operand is to be output, the address of its symbol table + entry is used. The following is a list of the output codes (in their + mnemonic form, obtain numeric values from listing of PASS1) and the + operation they are conveying to PASS2: + + PUSH The next word in the output file is an operand + (symbol table pointer) to be put onto the stack. + + ADD Add the operands represented by the top two stack + entries (actually this causes PASS2 to generate + the RALF coding which will do the desired add). + + SUB Subtract top from next-to-top. + + MUL Multiply top two. + + DIV Divide top into next-to-top. + + EXP Raise next-to-top to power of top. + + 1-7 + + + + NOT Logical .NOT. of top of stack. + + NEG Negate top of stack. + + GE Compare top two for greater than or equal to, this + has TRUE value if the next-to-top is .GE. the top. + + GT Compare for greater than. + + LE Compare for less than or equal. + + LT Compare for less than. + + AND Logical AND of top two entries. + + OR Logical inclusive OR of top two. + + EQ Compare top two for equality. + + NE Compare top two for inequality. + + XOR Exclusive OR of top two. + + EQV EQUIVALENCE of top two. + + PAUSOP Use top of stack as PAUSE number. + + DPUSH The next two words are a symbol table pointer and + a displacement; put them onto the stack (used for + DATA statements). + + BINRD1 Take the top of stack as the unit number and com- + pile an unformatted READ-open. + + FMTRD1 The top two stack elements are the unit and + format, take them and compile a formatted READ- + open. + + RCLOSE Compile a READ-close. + + DARD1 Take the top two stack elements as a unit number + and a block number and compile a direct access + unformatted READ-open. + BINWR1 - + FMTWRI |> Same as for the corresponding READ case, except + WCLOSE | substitute the word "WRITE". + DAWR1 - + + DEFFIL Take the top four stack entries as the unit, + number of records, record size, and index + variable and compile a DEFINE FILE call. + + ASFDEF Set the PASS2 switch which says that the following + statement is an arithmetic statement function. + + 1-8 + + + + ARGSOP The next word is a count, call it n; take the + previous n stack entries as subscripts (or + arguments) and the N+1st entry from the top as + the array (or function) name; now compile this + as an array reference (or function/subroutine + call). + + EOLCOD The current statement is completed, reset stacks + and do other housekeeping. + + ERRCOD The following word contains an error code, write + it on the TTY together with the current line + number, and put the error code and line number + into the error list for possible PASS3. + + RETOPR Compile a subroutine RETURN. + + REWOPR Take the top of stack as a unit and compile a + rewind. + + STOROP Compile a store of the top of stack into the + next-to-top. + + ENDOPR Compile a RETURN if a function or subroutine or + a CALL EXIT if a main program. + + DEFLBL The following word is a symbol table pointer to + a statement number, compile this as the tag for + the current RALF line. + + DOFINI The following word is a symbol table pointer for + the DO-loop index, compile the corresponding + DO-ending code. + + ARTHIF The following one, two, or three words are symbol + table pointers to statement numbers for the less + than zero, zero, and greater than zero conditions + with the comparison to be made on the top of + stack. + + LIFBGN The top of stack is taken as a logical expression + PASS 2 should compile a jump-around-on-false; this + implies that some statement is to follow. + + DOBEGN The top two stack entries represent the final + value and increment of the DO-loop, process them + in hopes of finding a matching DOFINI. + + ENDFOP The top of stack is a unit, compile an END FILE. + + STOPOP Compile a CALL EXIT. + + + + + 1-9 + + + + ASNOPR The next word is the address of the symbol table + entry for a statement number; compile an ASSIGN + of this statement number to the variable + represented by the top of stack. + + BAKOPR Take the top of stack as the unit and compile + a BACKSPACE. + + FMTOPR The following word is a count N; the next N words + after that are the image of the FORMAT statement. + + GO2OPR The following word is the symbol table entry for + the statement number which is to be executed next. + + CGO2OP The following word is a count N; the next N words + are symbol table pointers for the statement + numbers of a computed GO TO list; use the value + represented by the top of stack to compile a + computed GO TO into this list. + + AGO2OP Compile an assigned GO TO with the top of stack. + + IOLMNT Take the top of stack as a list element for an + I/O statement and compile read or write; PASS2 + knows if it is a READ or WRITE by remembering + previous FMTRD1, FMTWR1, etc. + + DATELM The next word is a count N; the next N words are + a data element. + + DREPTC The next word is a repetition count for the set + of DATELMs up until the next ENDELM. + + ENDELM Signals the end of a data element group. + + PRGSTK Tells PASS2 to purge the top stack entry. + + DOSTOR Performs the same function as STOROP after + checking the top two stack elements for legal + DO-parameter type (integer or real). + + + + PASS 1 SUBROUTINES + + The following is a brief description of the function of each of the + major PASS1 subroutines: + + RDWR Compiles everything in a READ or WRITE statement + starting at the first left parenthesis. + + RESTCP Restore character pointer and count for the + statement buffer from the stack. + + + 1-10 + + + + OUTWRD Output a word (the AC on entering) to the PASS1 + output file. + + COMARP Test for comma or right parenthesis, skip one + instruction if a comma, two if a right + parenthesis, and none if neither. + + BACK1 Backup the statement buffer character pointer. + + GETSS Scans a variable reference, or subscripted + variable reference with numeric subscripts and + returns the linearized subscript. + + MUL12 Perform a 12-bit unsigned integer multiply. + + DOSTUF Handles compilation of DO-loop setup. + + TYPLST Process a type declaration, DIMENSION, or + COMMON statement; sets up type bits and/or + dimension information. + + LOOKUP Perform a symbol table search for variables and + Hollerith literals. + + LUKUP2 Perform a symbol table search for integer, real, + complex, and double precision literals or + statement numbers. + + EXPR Analyze and process an arithmetic expression. + + LETTER Get next character from the statement buffer and + skip if it is a letter, otherwise put the + character back and don't skip. + + CHECKC The first word after the JMS is the negative of + the ASCII character to test for; if this is the + next character, skip. + + GETCWB Get the next character from the statement buffer + preserving blanks. + + SAVECP Save the character pointer and count on the stack. + + GETC Get the next character ignoring blanks. + + ERMSG Output an error code to PASS1 output file. + + POP Pop the stack into the AC. + + PUSH Push the AC onto the stack. + + LEXPR Analyze and process an arithmetic expression, + legal to the left of the equal sign in an + assignment statement. + + 1-11 + + + GET2C Get the next two character into one word. + + STMNUM Scan off a statement number and do the symbol + table search. + + DIGIT Same as letter, except checks for a digit. + + NUMBER Scans off an integer, real, or double precision + literal. + + GETNAM Scan off a variable name. + + ICHAR Get the next character from the input file. + + + + PASS2 OPERATION + + The first part of PASS2 generates the storage for variables, + arguments, arrays, literals and temporaries by processing the symbol + table built by PASS1, which is kept in core. The next step is to + generate the code for subroutine entry and exit including argument + pickup and restore. After all such prolog code is generated, PASS2O + is loaded into core, overlaying most of the prolog-generating + functions. The main loop of the compiler is now entered. This + consists simply of reading a PASS1 output code from the intermediate + file and using this number as an index into a jump table. The + sections of code entered in this way then perform the correct + generation of RALF code. + + Example: + + The statement: A=B+C*D + would produce the following PASS1 output: + (assuming A,B,C,D are REAL) + + 1) PUSH + ->A (symbol table address of A) + + 2) PUSH + ->B + + 3) PUSH + ->C + + 4) PUSH + ->D + + 5) MUL + + 6) ADD + + 7) STOROP + + 8) EOLCOD + + 1-12 + + + + The corresponding operations performed by PASS2 are: + + 1) Make a 3-word entry on the stack corresponding to the + variable A consisting of a pointer to the symbol table + entry, a word containing the type, and one reserved word. + + 2) Repeat above for B. + + 3) Repeat above for C. + + 4) Repeat above for D. + + 5) The multiply operator is handled like any of the binary + operators by the subroutine CODE. This routine is called + with the address of the multiply skeleton table. The + top two stack entries are taken as the operands, with + their types used to index into the skeleton tables. + (See description of binary operator skeleton tables below.) + The correct skeleton for this combination is chosen based on + the where-abouts of each of the operands (AC or memory) + at the corresponding point in the code which is being + compiled. There are three possible cases: Memory,AC; + Memory,Memory; AC,Memory. In this example, both operands + are in memory so the code generated would be: + + FLDA C + + FMUL D + + The CODE subroutine then makes a new stack entry to replace + the entries for C and D. This entry has a 0 in place of + the symbol table pointer, signifying that the operand is in + the AC. Other special case operand codes are: + + 0 - AC ( Already mentioned) + + 1 - 51 Temporaries + + 52 - 60 Array reference, the subscript of which is in + an index register (1-7). + + 61 - A variable, the address of which is in base + location 0. + + 62 - A variable, the address of which is in base + location 3. + + 63-6777 - Symbol table entry (can be variable or + literal). + + 7000 - Special temporary + + + + + 1-13 + + + + 6) The add operator is handled in the same way as for multiply, + except that in this case the add skeleton table is used. + When the correct row is found, the memory,AC case is chosen + since the result of C*D is now in the AC. This skeleton + simply generates: + + FADD B + + The new top of stack entry is a 0, since the result is in + the AC. + + 7) The store operation works in a similar manner using a special + skeleton table to determine whether the value to be stored is + already in the AC and whether it must be converted from one + type to another. In this case, no conversion need be + performed and the code generated is: + + FSTA A + + 8) The end of statement has been reached and any necessary + bookkeeping is performed. + + + + PASS2 SYMBOL TABLE + + PASS2 modifies the symbol table entries corresponding to variables + by replacing the first word of the entry with the first character of + the name, this character being derived from the list in which the name + is located. + + + + PASS2 ERROR LIST + + PASS2 creates a list (in field 1) of error codes and line numbers + corresponding to the errors printed on the Teletype during PASS2. + This list works downward starting just below the skeleton table area, + working towards the symbol table area. PASS3 uses this list to + write out extended error messages on the listing. + + + + PASS2 SKELETON TABLES + + All binary operators have associated with them a skeleton table + having 24 entries arranged in 8 rows and 3 columns. The rows + correspond to the following eight possibilities: + + 1) Both operands integer or real. + 2) Both operands complex. + 3) Both operands double precision. + 4) First operand integer or real, second complex. + 5) First operand integer or real, second double precision. + + 1-14 + + + + 6) First operand complex, second integer or real. + 7) First operand double precision, second integer or real. + 8) Both operands logical. + + The columns correspond to the following three possibilities: + + 1) First operand in memory, second in AC. + 2) Both operands in memory. + 3) First operand in the AC, second in memory. + + Each entry of the skeleton tables is either zero (illegal operator- + type combination) or points to a code skeleton (minus one). Code + skeletons are composed of combinations of the following types of + elements: + + 1) OPCODES - If an element has a non-negative value, it is taken + as the address of a text string for the desired opcode. This + works since all such text strings are stored below location + 4000 (in field 0). In this case, the next word of the + skeleton is taken as a designator for the address field, the + possibilities are: + + a. A non-negative values means the address field is a + literal text string, with the value being the address of + the string. (Same restriction as for opcode text + strings.) + + b. A zero indicates that this instruction should have no + address field. + + c. A minus one indicates that the address field is the + operand defined by the three variables ARG1, TYPE1, and + BASE1. + + d. A minus two indicates that the address field is the + operand defined by the three variables ARG2, TYPE2, and + BASE2. + + 2) MODE CHANGE - An element value of minus one means generate a + STARTF if currently in extended mode. A value of minus two + means generate a STARTE if currently in single mode. + + 3) MACRO - Any other negative value is taken as the address + (minus 3) of a sub-skeleton. This sub-skeleton may contain + anything except another sub-skeleton reference. When the + end of the sub-skeleton is encountered, the main skeleton is + re-entered. + + 4) END-OF-SKELETON - A zero indicates the end of the skeleton. + + + + + + + 1-15 + + + + PASS2 SUBROUTINES + + The following is a list of the major PASS 2 subroutines together with + a brief functional description. + + ERMSG Output a 2-character error code together with the + line number on the Teletypes; also put the code and + line number into the error list for PASS3. + + UCODE Generate the code for unary operators, given the + skeleton table address. + + CODE Generate code for binary operators, given the + skeleton table address. + + INWORD Read a word from the PASS1 output file. + + FATAL Output a fatal error message and exit to OS/8. + + ONUMBER Output the AC as a 4-digit octal number. + + SAVEAC Generate an FSTA #TMP+XXXX if necessary. + + GENCOD Generate the code specified by the given code + skeleton. + + OPCOD Output a TAB followed by the specified opcode + field. + + OPCODE Same as OPCOD, except output a second TAB after + the opcode field. + + OADDR Generate the address field specified by the + argument. + + GENSTF Generate STARTF if in E mode. + + GENSTE Generate STARTE if in F mode. + + OSNUM Output a statement number preceded by a "#". + + CRLF Output a carriage return/line feed. + + OTAB Output a TAB. + + OUTSYM Output a text string. + + GARG Pop the top entry of the stack into ARG1, TYPE1, + and BASE1. + + GARGS Pop the top two stack entries into ARG1, TYPE1, + BASE1 and ARG2, TYPE2, BASE2. + + OUTNAM Output a variable name. + + 1-16 + + + + OLABEL Output a generated label. + + GETSS Find the address of the dimension information + block given the symbol table address. + + SKPIRL Skip if integer, real, or logical. + + GENCAL Generate the code for a subroutine call from + the information contained on the stack. + + MUL12 Do a 12-bit unsigned multiply. + + OINS Output a literal opcode and address field. + + OCHAR Output a character + + NUMBRO Output a 5-digit octal number. + + + + PASS3 OPERATION + + PASS3 first initializes the listing header line with the version + number, date, and page number. It then processes lines, much like + PASS1, handling continuations and comments and outputs their image + to the listing file together with the line number. A constant check + is made on the error message list for line numbers that correspond + to the current line number, When such a correspondence occurs, the + error code is used to find the associated detailed error message, + which is then printed out. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1-17 + + + + CHAPTER 2 + + THE RALF ASSEMBLER + + + RALF and FLAP are essentially the same program, with differences con- + trolled by the conditional assembly parameter RALF, which must be + nonzero to assemble RALF, or zero to assemble FLAP. The source may be + assembled by either PAL8 or FLAP; although FLAP flags one error (a US + on a FIELD statement), this may safely be ignored. The remainder of + this chapter applies to RALF only. The following definitions are pre- + requisite to discussion of the operation of this assembler. + + MODULE The relocatable binary output of an assembly. A module + is physically an OS/8 file or sub-file in a library, + and is made up of an external symbol dictionary and + related text. Logically, it consists of one or more + program sections and COMMON sections. + + LIBRARY An OS/8 file on a directory device containing a catalog + and one or more modules as sub-files. Used solely by + the loader, as a source of modules with which to + satisfy unresolved symbols in a program being loaded. + + CATALOG A list of entry points defined in modules contained in + a library, with an indication of the locations of the + modules which define them. + + EXTERNAL A list of the global symbols defined in and/or used by + SYMBOL a module. Usually called ESD table. + DICTIONARY + + TEXT That part of the assembler's binary output which + contains the binary data to be loaded into memory, + along with sufficient information for the loader to + associate the output with specific memory locations + through references to the ESD table. + + SECTION A unit of binary data output by the assembler as part + of a module to be loaded into a contiguous area of + memory. COMMON sections are a special case in that + they may be defined with the same name in each of many + modules. In this case, all the definitions are combined + to create a single section in memory whose size is that + of the largest COMMON section with the given name. + Program sections, the only other type of section, must + have unique names. Sections are listed in the ESD + table by name, type and size. + + ENTRY POINT An address within a section which is named and defined + to be global, so that it may be used for the resolution + of external references in other sections. Entry points + are listed in the ESD table by name, type and address + within the section in which they occur. + + 2-1 + + + + EXTERNAL A symbol which is specified at assembly time to be + SYMBOL defined in another module as an entry point. External + symbols are listed in the ESD table by name and type. + A complete program must include entry point names + equivalent to every external symbol defined in every + module in the program. There need not, however, be an + external symbol for every entry point, nor is there any + limit on the number of modules which may contain + external symbols referencing one entry point. From a + functional viewpoint, entry points correspond to tags + within a program and external symbols correspond to + references to those tags. Every section is considered + to have an entry point at location zero of the section. + The name of this entry point is the section name. + + When RALF is called from the monitor, execution begins at the tag + BEGIN. Unless entry is via CHAIN, the OS/8 command decoder is called + to obtain input and output file designations. If entry is by way of + CHAIN, it is assumed that the command decoder area has already been + set up by the caller. In either case, it is always assumed that the + USR is already in core. A check is made to determine that the first + output file is a directory device file and, if no first output file + was specified, the default file SYS:FORTRN.RL is set up. + + Default output file extensions are defined if none were specified to + the command decoder, using .RL for the first output file and .LS for + the second output file. The first output file is then opened, and the + handler for the first input file is FETCHed. If /L or /G was + specified, the loader is looked up on SYS so that chaining will be + possible. The symbol table, which is loaded above 12000 in order to + preserve the USR, is now moved down to 10000. Finally, the system + date word is converted to character form and stored in the title + buffer. This completes the initialization procedure, and control is + passed to NEWLIN to collect the first line in the buffer. + + At NEXTST, teats are made to determine whether the line just assembled + needs to be listed, and whether there are any remaining significant + characters in the line which have not been assembled. If a semicolon + terminated the statement, the character pointers are bumped to skip + over it, and control passes to ASMBL to process the next statement on + the line. If the assembler is currently in a REPEAT line and the + count is not exhausted, the current line is re-assembled. Otherwise, + a new line is obtained in the line buffer by collecting input + characters until a carriage return is found. If the line is longer + than 128 characters, all characters after the 128th are ignored and + the LT message is printed. The line length is calculated and saved. + + At ASMBL, ASMOF is tested to determine whether the assembly is + currently inside a conditional. If so, the line is scanned for angle + brackets but not assembled. If not, and the first character is not a + slash, leading blanks are thrown away and control passes to LUNAME. + If there is a name, it is collected. If it is followed by a comma, + the symbol is looked up in the user symbol table. If the symbol is + undefined, it is defined as a label. If it was already defined, the + + 2-2 + + + + current location counter is compared with it to check for a possible + MD error. Control then returns to ASMBL. + + If the symbol found by LUNAME was followed by an equal sign, it is + looked up and defined according to the expression to the right of the + equal sign. If it was followed by a space, either of the characters + ' or #, or the character % and then a space, it is looked up in the + op-code table. If it is found, control passes to the appropriate + op-code handler. Otherwise, control is dispatched to GETEXP which + restores the character pointers saved by LUNAME, processes the rest of + the line as a single-word expression, and returns to NEXTST for the + next statement. + + Expressions are processed on a strict left-to-right basis by the + routine EXPR. A symbol is looked up, and its value is stored in WORD1 + and WORD2. It is then combined with the accumulated expressions in + EXPVAL according to the operator in LASTOP. A new operator (if any) + is then located, and the loop begins again. When no operator is found + after some symbol, the expression is considered complete and control + returns to the calling routine. Undefined symbols appearing in an + expression cause output of a US message, and the value zero is used + in their place. COMMON and section names in the symbol table have + special values (namely their lengths), but they always refer to the + starting location of the sections they define, and their values are + taken to be zero of the section so named. If GETNAM is not able to + find a symbol in the expression, three possibilities are checked + before flagging the expression as invalid: + + 1. It may be a number, rather than a symbol. + + 2. It may be one of the characters period (representing the + current value of the location counter) or double quote + (representing the binary value of the next ASCII character). + + 3. The last operator may have been a plus sign in an indexed FPP + instruction. + + At the end of expression evaluation, the console keyboard flag is + checked to ensure that the user has not typed CTRL/C to stop the + assembly. + + There are six expression operator routines, one each for the + operations add, subtract, AND, OR, multiply and divide. Except for + add and subtract, these routines must operate on absolute addresses + because the loader does not have facilities for non-additive + resolution of address constants. + + The symbol table is the sole occupant of field 1, except for the OS/8 + field 1 resident. The symbol table is loaded at location 12000 to + prevent an unnecessary swap of the USR, but moved down, to start at + location 10000, during initialization. Subsequent calls to the USR do + require a swap. The symbol table is a set of linked lists, or, more + properly, two sets; one for user-defined symbols and one for op-codes + and pseudo-ops. Each set contains a list corresponding to every + + 2-3 + + + + letter of the alphabet, and each list consists of the symbols which + start with that same letter. Every time a symbol is encountered in + the source, the list corresponding to its first letter is searched + until a match is found, or until the end of the list or a symbol of + higher alphabetical order is found. In the latter cases, the new + symbol is inserted into the user symbol table by changing the list + pointers so that the new symbol appears in the list in correct + alphabetical order. The pre-defined symbol table is never changed, + because the user is not permitted to define op-codes or pseudo-ops. + + A RALF output file of relocatable binary data consists of two parts; + the ESD table and the text. The ESD table contains all information + required by LIBRA or the loader, and is generated between the first + and second passes of assembly. It serves as a partial symbol table + for the loader (the full symbol table is built up from the ESD tables + of all the modules in a program) and provides the name, attributes, + and value of every global symbol used by any module, as well as an ESD + code by which the symbol may be referred to within the text. Every + entry in the ESD table is six words long. The first three words are + the symbol itself, packed in stripped ASCII, with two characters per + word. The next word contains type information in the following + format: + + A VALUE OF INDICATES + + 0 Last entry in the ESD table. + + 1 The symbol is defined as external to this module. The + value of the symbol must be resolved by a symbol of the + same name appearing in the ESD table of another module. + The ESD code which follows the type code is the code by + which references to this symbol will be identified in the + text. + + 2 The symbol is defined as an entry point in this module. + It is therefore suitable for the resolution of external + references in other modules. The ESD code which follows + the type word identifies the program section in which + this entry point appears, and the value of the symbol is + relative to that section. + + 3 The symbol is defined as a COMMON section whose size is + at least as large as specified by the value of the + symbol. If several modules contain ESD entries referring + to COMMON sections with the same name, a single COMMON + block having the size of the largest symbol is allocated + for all of them. A name consisting of blanks is treated + in the same manner as any other name. + + 4 The symbol is defined as a section of location + independent (that is, fully word-relocatable) code of a + size equal to the value of the symbol. The ESD code for + this section allows text from the module to be included + in this section, and relocated with respect to it. + + 2-4 + + + + 5-17 Undefined + + The text portion of a relocatable binary file consists of the binary + data to be loaded into memory, along with information directing the + loader on how to modify that data to correct the addresses for program + relocation. The first word of text is a control word, which is made + up of a 4-bit type code and an 8-bit indicator. Following the control + word, and depending on the type code, are a number of data words to be + loaded as directed by the type code and the indicator. The control + word type codes are: + + CODE FUNCTION + + 0 End of text, if the indicator is zero, or no operation + otherwise. + + 1 Copy the number of words given by the indicator from text + directly into memory without modification. + + 2 Re-origin to the section identified by the indicator, + with a relative location defined by bits 9-23 of the + following doubleword. Thus, the next two words define a + new origin for the following text, in the program section + identified by the indicator. + + 3 Relocate the following doubleword bits 9-23 by the value + of the symbol whose ESD code is identified by the + indicator. The following doubleword is usually a two- + word FPP instruction, the low-order 15 bits of which are + to be relocated by the value of the symbol identified by + the indicator. + + + + WRITING PDP-8 CODE UNDER OS/8 FORTRAN IV + + + RALF contains the normal set of PDP-8 instructions (TAD, DCA, CDF, + KSF, etc.), however RALF does not allow literals, the PAGE pseudo-op, + or the use of I to specify indirect addressing. PDP-8 code generated + by RALF is not relocatable; therefore, operations such as the + following are illegal: + + EXTERN SWAP /Illegal + TAD (SWAP /Under + CDF SWAP /RALF + + The character % appended to the end of a memory reference instruction + indicates indirect addressing, and the character Z indicates a page 0 + reference: + + + + + + 2-5 + + + + CURRENT PAGE PAGE ZERO + DIRECT INDIRECT DIRECT INDIRECT + + TAD A TAD% A TADZ A TADZ% A + DCA B DCA% B DCAZ B DCAZ% B + + Spaces are not allowed between memory reference instructions and + either the Z or the % characters. The Z must precede the % when both + are used. I.e., do not write "DCA%Z". + + Three pseudo-ops have been added to RALF: SECT8, COMMZ, and FIELD1. + All three define sections of code and are handled in the same manner + as SECT; however, these new sections have special meaning for the + loader. The address pseudo-op (ADDR) which generates a two word re- + locatable 15 bit address (i.e., JA TAG without use of JA) might prove + useful in 8-mode routines. The following example demonstrates a way + in which an 8-mode routine in one RALF module calls an 8-mode routine + in another module: + + EXTERN SUB + . + . + RIF /Set DF to current + TAD ACDF /IF for return + DCA .+1 + 0 /CDF X + TAD KSUB /Make a CIF from + RTL CLL /Field bits + RAL + TAD ACIF + DCA .+1 + 0 /CIF to field + /Containing SUB + JMS% KSUB+1 + + KSUB, ADDR SUB /Psuedo-op to + /Generate 15 bit + /ADDR of subroutine + /SUB + ACDF, CDF + ACIF, CIF + + In general the address pseudo-op can be used to supply an 8-mode + section with an argument or pointer external to the section. + + FPP and 8-mode code may be intermixed in any RALF section. PDP-8 mode + routines must be called in FPP mode by either: + + TRAP3 SUB + + or TRAP4 SUB + + A TRAP3 SUB causes FRTS to generate a JMP SUB with interrupts on and + the FPP hardware (if any) halted. TRAP4 generates a JMS SUB under the + + 2-6 + + + + same conditions. The return from TRAP4 is: + + CDF CIF 0 + JMP% SUB + + The return from TRAP3 is: + + CDF CIF 0 + JMP% RETURN+1 + EXTERN #RETRN + RETURN, ADDR #RETRN + + + Communication between FPP and 8-mode routines is best done at the FPP + level because of greater flexibility in both addressing and relocation + in FPP mode. The following routine demonstrates how to pass an argu- + ment to, and retrieve an argument from, an 8-mode routine: + + EXTERN SUB + EXTERN SUBIN + EXTERN SUBOUT + . + . + . + FLDA X /Arg for SUB + FSTA SUBIN + TRAP4 SUB /Call SUB + FLDA SUBOUT /Get result + FSTA Y + + If the 8-mode routine SUB were in the same module as the FPP routine, + the externs would not be necessary. In practice it is common for FPP + and 8-mode routines that communicate with one another to be in the + same section. A number of techniques can be used to pass arguments. + For example, an FPP routine could move the index registers to an + 8-mode section and pass single precision arguments via ATX. + + Because 8-mode routines are commonly used in conjunction with FPP code + (generated by the compiler), the 8-mode programmer should be familiar + with OS/8 FORTRAN IV subroutine calling conventions. The general code + for a subroutine call is a JSR, followed by a JA around a list of + arguments, followed by a list of pointers to the arguments. The FPP + code for the statement: + + CALL SUB (X,Y,Z) + + would be + + EXTERN SUB + JSR SUB + JA BYARG + JA X + JA Y + JA Z + + 2-7 + + + + BYARG, . + . + . + . + + The general format of every subroutine obeys the following scheme: + + SECT SUB + JA #ST /Jump to start of + /Routine + TEXT +SUB+ /Needed for + /Trace back + RTN, SETX XSUB /Reset SUB's index + SETB BSUB /And base page + BSUB, FNOP /Start of base page + JA . + . + . + ORG BSUB+30 /Restart for SUB + FNOP:JA RTN + GOBAK, FNOP:JA . /Return to + /Calling program + + Location 00000 of the calling routine's base page points to the list + of arguments, if any, and may be used by the called subroutine + provided that it is not modified. Location 0003 of the calling + routine's base page is free for use by the called subroutine. + + Location 0030 of the calling routine's base page contains the address + where execution is to continue upon exit from the subroutine, so that + a subroutine should not return from a JSR call via location 0 of the + calling routine: + + CORRECT INCORRECT + + FLDA 30 FLDA 0 + JAC JAC + + The "non-standard" return allows the calling routine to reset its own + index registers and base page before continuing in-line execution. + General initialization code for a subroutine would be: + + SECT SUB + JA #ST + . + . + . + BASE 0 + + #ST, STARTD /So only 2 words + /Will be picked up + FLDA 30 /Get return JA + FSTA GOBAK /Save it + FLDA 0 /Get pointer to list + + 2-8 + + + + SETX XSUB /Set SUB's XR + SETB BSUB /Set SUB's Base + BASE BSUB + INDEX XSUB + FSTA BSUBX /Store pointer + /Somewhere on Base + . + . + . + STARTF /Set F mode before + JA GOBAK /Return + + The above code can be optimized for routines that do not require full + generality. The JA #ST around the base page code is a convenience + which may be omitted. The three words of text are necessary only for + error traceback and may also be omitted. If the subroutine is not + going to call any general subroutines, the SETX and SETB instructions + at location RTN and the JA RTN at location 0030 are not necessary. If + the subroutine does not require a base page, the SETB instruction is + not necessary in subroutine initialization; similar remarks apply to + index registers. If neither base page nor index registers are + modified by the subroutine, the return sequence: + + FLDA 0 + JAC + + is also legal. In a subroutine call, the JA around the list of argu- + ments is unnecessary when there are no arguments. A RALF listing of + a FORTRAN source will provide a good reference of general FPP coding + conventions. + + In order to generate good 8-mode code, one must be aware of the manner + in which the loader links and relocates RALF code. The loader handles + three 8-mode section types: COMMZ, FIELD1, and SECT8. All three + types of section are forced to begin and end on page boundaries and to + be a part of level MAIN; 8-mode sections never reside in overlays. + COMMZ and FIELD1 sections are forced to reside in field 1; SECT + sections may be in any field. The first COMMZ section encountered is + forced to begin at location 10000, thus enabling a page 0 in field 1. + COMMZ sections of the same name are handled like COMMON sections of + the same name (i.e., they are combined into one common section). This + feature allows 8-mode code in different modules to share page 0, pro- + vided that the modules do not destroy each other's page 0 allocations. + Suppose two modules were to share page 0, with the first using + location 0-17 and the second using locations 20-37: + + /Module A + COMMZ SHARE + P1, 1 + P2, 2 + KSUBA1, SUBA1 + KSUBA2, SUBA2 + . + . + + 2-9 + + + + . /Should not go over + LASTA, -1 /20 locations + + FIELD1 A + + TADZ P1 + JMSZ% KSUBA1 + . + . + . /Module B + COMMZ SHARE + ORG .+20 /ORG past module A's + /Page 0 + P3, 3 + P4, 4 + KSUBB, SUBB + . + . + . + LASTB -2 + FIELD1 B + TADZ P3 + . + . + . + + The two COMMZ sections will be put on top of one another, however, + because of the ORG .+20 in module B, they will effectively reside back + to back. When the image is loaded, the COMMZ sections will look as + follows: + + LOC CONTENTS + + 1 0000 1 + 0001 2 + 2 SUBA1 + 3 SUBA2 + . + . + . + 1 0017 -1 /LASTA + 1 0020 3 + 21 4 + 22 SUBB + . + . + . + 37 -2 /LASTB + + If module A is to reference module B's page 0, the procedure is: + + P3=20 + TADZ P3 + + + 2-10 + + + + Alternately, a duplicate of the source code for COMMZ SHARE may be + included in module B. Modules that are using the same COMMZ section + must be aware of how it is divided up. Although COMMZ SHARE takes only + 40 locations, the loader allocates a full 200 locations to it. All + 8-mode section core allocations are always rounded up so that they + terminate on a page boundary. If COMMZ sections of different names + exist, they are accepted by the loader and inserted into field 1, but + only one COMMZ is the real page 0. In general, it is unwise to have + more than 1 COMMZ section name. + + FIELD1 sections are identical to COMMZ sections in most respects. + Memory allocation for FIELD1 sections is assigned after COMMZ sections, + however, and FIELD1 sections are combined with FORTRAN COMMON sections + of the same name as well as other FIELD1 sections of the same name. + The first difference ensures that COMMZ will be allocated page 0 + storage even in the presence of FIELD1 sections. The second allows + PDP-8 code to be loaded into COMMON, making it possible to load + initialization code into data buffers. Two FIELD1 sections with the + same name may be combined in the same manner as two COMMZ, sections. + + The primary purpose of COMMZ is to provide a PDP-8 page 0; the primary + purpose of FIELD1 is to ensure that 8-mode code will be loaded into + field 1 and that generating CIF CDF instructions in-line is not neces- + sary. SECT8 sections may not be combined in the manner of a COMMON + and are not ensured of being placed into field 1. + + An 8-mode section does not have to be less than a page in length; + however, the programmer should be aware that a SECT8 section which + exceeds one page may be loaded across a field boundary and could + thereby produce disastrous results at execution time. For this + reason, it is generally unwise to cross pages in SECT8 code. This + situation will never occur on an 8K configuration. If the total + amount of COMMZ and FIELD1 code exceeds 4K, the loader generates an + OVER CORE message. The loader generates an MS error for any of the + following: + + 1. A COMMZ section name is identical to some entry point or some + non-COMMZ section name. + + 2. A FIELD1 section name is identical to some entry point or a + SECT, SECT8 or COMMZ section name. + + 3. A SECT8 section name is identical to an entry point or some + other section name. + + COMMZ sections, like FORTRAN COMMONS, are never entered in the library + catalog. + + For users who intend to write 8-mode code that will execute in + conjunction with certain 8-mode library routines, the layout of PDP-8 + FIELD1 #PAGE 0 is: + + + + + 2-11 + + + + LOCATION USE + + 0-1 Temps for any non-interrupt time routine. + 2-13 User locations. + 14-157 System locations. + 160-177 User locations. + + 1. Do not define any COMMZ sections other than the system COMMZ + which is #PAGE0. + + 2. If the system page 0 is desired, it will be pulled in from + the library if EXTERN #DISP appears in the code. + + 3. Do not use any part of page 0 reserved for the system. + + Special purpose PDP-8 mode subroutines may be written to perform idle + jobs (refreshing a scope, checking sense lines) or to handle specific + interrupts not serviced by FRTS. + + The run-time system enters idle loops while waiting for the FPP to + complete a task or for an I/O job to complete. It is possible to + effect a JMS to a user routine during the idle loop. + + RTS contains a set of instructions such as: + + #IDLE, JMP .+4 + 0 + CDF CIF + JMS I .-2 + + This sequence of instructions must be revised if an IDLE routine is to + be called. + + The location #IDLE must be changed to a SKP (7410). #IDLE+1 must be + set to the address of the routine to be called. #IDLE+2 must be set + to a CDF CIF to the field of the routine. This setup can be done in a + routine that is called at the beginning of MAIN. For example: + + CALL SETIDL + + where SETIDL is a routine such as: + + SECT8 SETIDL /Must be an 8-mode section + JA #RET + TEXT +SETIDL+ /Traceback information + SXR, SETX XR + SETB BP + BP, 0.0 + XR, 0.0 + . + . + . + + + + 2-12 + + + + ORG 10*3+BP + FNOP /For trace back + JA SXR + . + 0 + RET, JA . /Return address + . + . + . + #RET, STARTD /Set up + FLDA 10*3 /Return address + FSTA RET + SETB BP /Just for traceback + TRAP4 SET8 /Go to the 8 mode + /Routine set 8 + STARTF + JA RET /Return to main + SET8, 0 + TAD IDLAD /Field of idle + CLL RTL + RAL /Move to + /Bits 6-8 + TAD SCDF /CDF to #IDLE + DCA .+3 + TAD IDLAD+1 /Address of #IDLE + DCA IDPTR + 0 /CDF goes here + TAD S7410 /SKP + DCA% IDPTR /Store at #IDLE + TAD JOB+1 /Address of IDLE top routine + ISZ IDPTR + DCA IDPTR /Store a #IDLE+1 + TAD JOB /Field of routine + CLL RTL + RAL /Position + TAD SFIELD + ISZ IDPTR + DCA% IDPTR /Store at #IDLE+2 + CDF CIF /Set to field 0 + JMP% SET8 /Return to instruction + /Following "TRAP4 SET8" + EXTERN #IDLE + IDLAD, ADDR #IDLE /15 bit address of IDLE + JOB, ADDR DOIT /15 bit address of IDLE + /Routine "DOIT" + SCDF, 6201 /CDF + SFIEL, 6203 /CDF CIF + IDPTR, 0 + S7410, 7410 /Skip + + /The following routine performs the + /IDLE task + /Executed during IDLE loops + + + 2-13 + + + + DOIT, 0 + . + . + . /Perform task + . + CDF CIF 0 /Back to field 0 + JMP% DOIT /And back + + If the subroutine is checking for an illegal argument, an argument + error message with traceback can be included in the subroutine by + adding two lines somewhere on the base pages + + EXTERN #ARGER + EXAMER, TRAP4 #ARGER + + When the error is detected in the program, effect a jump to the TRAP4 + instruction. For example, + + FLDA% EXTMP1 + JEQ EXAMER /A value of 0 is illegal + or + + FLDA EXTMP1 + FNEG + FADD EXTMP2 + JLT EXAMER /The value in EXTMP1 must be + /greater than that in EXTMP2 + + Some points to note in the above example + + 1. Using a # as the first character in the name of the start of the + program assumes that the name is not called from the FORTRAN level. + This is because # is an illegal FORTRAN keyboard character. + + 2. If index registers 3-5 are not used by the subroutine, the space + from XR3 to the ORG statement can be used for temporary storage, + if needed. + + 3. The arguments passed from the FORTRAN level do not have to be + picked up all at once at the start of the calculation (3-word) + portion of the program. They can be picked up as required during + the program, can be saved in temporary space, or accessed + indirectly each time required, as best suits the subroutine. + + If a call to this routine such as Z=EXAMPL(A,B,C,D) were encountered + by the compiler, it would generate the following call to the routine: + + JSR EXAMPL /go to the routine + JA .+10 /jump around arguments + JA A /pointer to lst argument + JA B /pointer to 2nd argument + JA C /pointer to 3rd argument + JA D /pointer to 4th argument + + + 2-14 + + + + The AMOD routine is listed below to illustrate an application of the + formal calling sequence. It also includes an error condition check + and picks up two arguments. When called from FORTRAN, the code is + AMOD(X,Y). + + / + / + / + / A M O D + / - - - - + / + /SUBROUTINE AMOD(X,Y) + SECT AMOD /SECTION NAME(REAL NUMBERS) + ENTRY MOD /ENTRY POINT NAME(INTEGERS) + JA #AMOD /JUMP TO START OF ROUTINE + TEXT +AMOD + /FOR ERROR TRACE BACK + AMODXR, SETX XRAMOD /SET INDEX REGISTERS + SETB BPAMOD /ASSIGN BASE PAGE + BPAMOD, F 0.0 /BASE PAGE + XRAMOD, F 0.0 /INDEX REGS. + AMODX, F 0.0 /TEMP STORAGE + ORG 10*3+BPAMOD /RETURN SEQUENCE + FNOP + JA AMODXR + 0 + AMDRTN, JA . /EXIT + EXTERN #ARGER + AMODER, TRAP4 #ARGER /PRINT AN ERROR MESSAGE + FCLA /EXIT WITH FAC=0 + JA AMDRTN + BASE 0 /STAY ON CALLER'S BASE PG + /LONG ENOUGH TO GET RETURN ADDRESS + MOD, /START OF INTEGER ROUTINE SAME AS + #AMOD, STARTD /START OF REAL NUM. ROUTINE + FLDA 10*3 /GET RETURN JUMP + FSTA AMDRTN /SAVE IN THIS PROGRAM + FLDA 0 /GET POINTER TO PASSED ARG + SETX XRAMOD /ASSIGN MOD'S INDEX REGS + SETB BPAMOD /AND ITS BASE PAGE + BASE BPAMOD + LDX 1,1 + FSTA BPAMOD + FLDA% BPAMOD,1 /ADDR OF X + FSTA AMODX + FLDA% BPAMOD,1+ /ADDR OF Y + FSTA BPAMOD + STARTF + FLDA% BPAMOD /GET Y + JEQ AMODER /Y=0 IS ERROR + JGT .+3 + FNEG /ABS VALUE + FSTA BPAMOD + FLDA% AMODX /GET X + JGT .+5 + + 2-15 + + + + FNEG /ABS VALUE + LDX 0,1 /NOTE SIGN + FSTA AMODX /SAVE IN A TEMPORARY + FDIV BPAMOD /DIVIDE BY Y + JAL AMODER /TOO BIG. + ALN 0 /FIX IT UP NOW. + FNORM + FMUL BPAMOD /MULTIPLY IT. + FNEG /NEGATE IT. + FADD AMODX /AND ADD IN X. + JXN AM,1 /CHECK SIGN + FNEG + AM, JA AMDRTN /DONE + + RTS has its own interrupt skip chain in which all on-line device flags + are checked and serviced. This chain may be extended to handle + special interrupts. The external tag #INT marks the first of three + locations on RTS which have to be modified to effect a JMS to the + user's special interrupt handler. The three locations must be set up + in exactly the same manner as that used to set up #IDLE, #IDLE1, + #IDLE2 as described above. All the same conventions hold. Refer also + to the library subroutines ONQI and ONQB. + + Three pseudo-ops have been added to RALF to help the loader determine + core allocation. Each is a more definitive case of the SECT pseudo-op + and defines a chunk of code, thereby providing more control for the + user. They are: + + SECT8 - section starts at a page boundary + FIELD1 - section starts at a page boundary and is in field 1 + COMMZ - section starts at page 0 of field 1 + + If there is more than one SECT8 section in a module, those sections + are not necessarily loaded in contiguous core. The loader considers + core to be in two chunks - one block in field 0, and all of field 1 + and above. + + If there is more than one COMMZ pseudo-op in a module, they are + stacked one behind the other, but there is no way of specifying which + one starts at absolute location 0 of field 1. COMMZ sections are + allocated by the loader before FIELD1 sections. + + Modules can share a COMMZ section in the same way that FORTRAN COMMON + sections can be shared. FIELD1 sections can also be shared by using + the same FIELD1 section name in each module. + + The first occurrence of a section name defines that section. For + example, + + SECT8 PARTA + . + . + . + SECT8 PARTB + + 2-16 + + + + . + . + . + SECT8 PARTA + + The second mention of PARTA in the same module continues the source + where the first mention of PARTA ended at execution time. (There is + a location counter for each section.) + + To save core, a RALF FIELD1 section and FORTRAN COMMON section of the + same name are mapped on top of each other, being allocated the length + of the longer and the same absolute address by the loader. This + feature is useful for initialization (once-only) code, which can + later be overlayed by a data area. Thus, the occurrence of FIELD1 + AREA1 in the RALF module and COMMON AREA1 in the FORTRAN program + causes AREA1 to start the same location (in field 1) and have a length + of at least 200 locations (depending on the length of the RALF FIELD1 + section or of the COMMON section in the FORTRAN). + + If the subroutine is longer than one page and values are to be passed + across page boundaries, the address pseudo-op, ADDR, is required. + The format is: + + AVAR1, ADDR VAR1 + + This generates a two-word reference to the proper location on another + page, here VAR1. For example, to pass a value to VAR1, possible code + is: + + 00124 1244 TAD VAR2 /Value on this page + 00125 3757 DCA% AVAR1+1 /Pass through 12-bit + . /location + 00156 0000 AVAR1,ADDR VAR1 /Field and + 00157 0322 /location of VAR1 + + Any reference to an absolute address can be effected by the ADDR + pseudo-op. + + If it is doubtful that the effective address is in the current data + field, it is necessary to create a CDF instruction to the proper field. + In the above example, suitable code to add to specify the data field + is: + + TAD AVAR1 /Get field bits + RTL /Rotate to bits 6-8 + RAL + TAD (6201 /Add a CDF + DCA .+1 /Deposit in line + 0 /Execute CDFn + + If the subroutine includes an off-page reference to another RALF + module (e.g., in FORLIB), it can be addressed by using an EXTERN + with an ADDR pseudo-op. For example, in the display program, a ref- + erence to the non-interrupt task subroutine ONQB is coded as + + 2-17 + + + + EXTERN ONQB + ONQBX, ADDR ONQB + + and is called by + + JMS% ONQBX+1 + + The next instruction in the program is ADDR DISPLY so that DISPLY will + be added to the background list. Execution from ONQB returns after + the ADDR pseudo-op. + + It may be desirable to salvage the first (field) word allocated by + ADDR pseudo-ops. If the address requires only twelve bite for proper + execution, code such as + + TMP, TMP,ADDR X + ARG,ADDR X or ARG= .-1 + + permits TMP to be used for temporary storage because ARG+1 in the left + hand example or just ARG in the right hand example defines the 12-bit + address. + + RALF does not recognize LINC instruction or PDP-8 laboratory device + instructions. Such instructions can be included in the subroutine by + defining them by equate statements in the program. + + For example, adding the statements: + + PDP = 2 + LINC = 6141 + DIS = 140 + + takes care of all instructions for coding the PDP-12 display + subroutine. + + When writing a routine that is going to be longer than a page, it can + be useful to have a non-fixed origin in order not to waste core and to + facilitate modification of the code. A statement such as + + IFPOS .-SECNAM&177-K + + will start a new page only if the value [current location less section + name] is greater than some K (start of section has a relative value of + 0) where K<=177 and is the relative location on the current page + before which a new page should be started. The ORG statement includes + an AND mask of 7600 to preserve the current page. When added to 200 + for the next page and the section name, the new origin is set. + + When calculating directly in a module, the following rules apply to + relative and absolute values. + + + + + + 2-18 + + + + relative - relative = absolute + absolute + relative = relative + OR (!), AND (&) and ADD (+) of relative symbols + generate the RALF error message RE. + + When passing arguments (single precision) from FPP code to PDP code, + using the index registers is very efficient. For example, + + . + . + . + FLDA% ARG1 /Get argument in FPP mode + SETX MODE8 /Change index registers so XR0 is + /At MODE8 + ATX MODE8 /Save argument + . + . + . + TRAP4 SUB8 /Go to PDP-8 routine + . + . + . + SUB8, 0 /PDP-8 routine + . + . + . + TAD MODE8 /Get argument + . + . + . + MODE8, 0 /Index registers set here + . + . + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2-19 + + + + CHAPTER 3 + + THE FORTRAN IV LOADER + + + The FORTRAN IV loader accepts a set of (up to 128) RALF modules as + input, and links the modules, along with any necessary library + components, to form a loader image file that may be read into memory + and executed by the run-time system. The main task accomplished by the + loader is program relocation, achieved by replacing the relative + starting address of every section with an absolute core address. + Absolute addresses are also assigned to all entry points, all + relocatable binary text, and the externs. + + The loader executes in three passes. Pass 0 begins by determining how + much memory is available on the running hardware configuration, and + then constructs tables from the OS/8 command decoder input for use by + pass 1 and pass 2. + + Pass 1 reads the relocatable binary input and creates the loader + symbol table. The length of each input module is computed and stored, + along with the relative values of entry points defined within the + input modules. When an undefined symbol is encountered, pass 1 + searches the catalog of the FORTRAN IV library specified to pass 0, + or FORLIB.RL if no other library was explicitly specified, and loads + the library routine corresponding to the undefined symbol. + + Pass 1 also allocates absolute core addresses to all modules and, + through them, to all symbols. Pass 1 execution concludes by computing + the lengths of all overlay levels defined for the current FORTRAN IV + job. Trap vectors are also set up at this time, and the tables + required for pass 2 loading are initialized. + + Pass 2 concludes loader execution by creating a loader image file from + the relocated binary input and symbol values processed by pass 1. + Pass 2 also produces the loader symbol map, if requested, and chains + to the run-time system if /G was specified. + + Pass 0 contains very few subroutines. The routine CORDSW checks for + the presence of /U, /C or /O option specifications, as supplied to the + command decoder, and processes these options if necessary. A routine + called UPDMOD is called when input to each overlay has been concluded, + to update the module counts in the module count table. + + CORMOV is a general core-moving subroutine, called by the instruction + sequence: + + JMS CORMOV + CDF FROMFIELD + FROMADDR - 1 + CDF TOFIELD + TOADDR - 1 + - COUNT + + + 3-1 + + + + LOADER PASS 0 (FILE COLLECTION) + ------------------------------ + 00000 | OS/8 Command Decoder | FIELD 0 + | | + | | + |----------------------------| + 02000 | Loader Pass 1 and | + | Pass 2 | + | | + |----------------------------| + 04600 | Core measuring routine | + | and scratch area to | + | save 00000-02000 | + | during CD calls | + |----------------------------| + 06600 | | + | Unused | + | | + |----------------------------| + 07600 | OS/8 Field 0 resident | + |----------------------------| + 10000 | OS/8 User Service Routine | FIELD 1 + | | + | | + |----------------------------| + 12000 | Symbol table, loader map | + | titles | + 12400 | | + |----------------------------| + 13200 | Pass 0 code | + |----------------------------| + 14000 | Pass 1 initialization | + | | + | | + |----------------------------| + 16000 | Module count and | + | module tables | + |----------------------------| + 17000 | Library catalog header | + | read into this block | + |----------------------------| + 17600 | OS/8 Field 1 resident | + ------------------------------ + + while ERROR is the local error processing routine, called with a + pointer to the appropriate error message in the accumulator. + + The major pass 1 and pass 2 subroutines, described below, operate on + the loader internal tables, whose format is presented later in this + chapter. The subroutines are presented in approximately the order + that they occur in the source listing. + + + + + 3-2 + + + + LOADER PASS 1 (SYMBOL RESOLUTION) + ------------------------------ + 00000 | Pass 1 and Pass 2 | FIELD 0 + | utility routines | + |----------------------------| + 01400 | Symbol map printer | + |----------------------------| + 02000 | Pass 2 | + |----------------------------| + 03200 | Pass 1 symbol collection | + |----------------------------| + 04000 | Inter-pass code allocates | + | storage, builds and writes | + | Loader Image Header Block. | + |----------------------------| + 04600 | Library catalog loads | + | here in 8K. Unused in | + | 12K or more. | + |----------------------------| + 07200 | Input device handlers | + |----------------------------| + 07600 | OS/8 Field 0 resident | + |----------------------------| + 10000 | ESD table | FIELD 1 + | | + 11400 | | + |----------------------------| + 12000 | Symbol table | + |----------------------------| + 15400 | Overlay length table | + |----------------------------| + 16000 | Module count and module | + | tables (MCTTBL, MODTBL) | + |----------------------------| + 17200 | Loader header | + |----------------------------| + 17400 | ESD reference page | + |----------------------------| + 17600 | OS/8 Field 1 resident | + |----------------------------| + 20000 | Library catalog loads here | FIELD 2 + | in 12K or more. | + |----------------------------| + 25000 | OS/8 BATCH processor if | + | 12K or more and BATCH | + | is running | + ------------------------------ + + + + + + + + + 3-3 + + + + LOADER PASS 2 (LOADER IMAGE BUILDER) + ----------------------------------- + 00000 | Utility routines: Symbol table | FIELD 0 + | look-up, TTY message handler, | + | OS/8 block I/O, MCTTBL | + | processor. | + |---------------------------------| + 01400 | Routine to print symbol map. | + |---------------------------------| + 02000 | Pass 2 | + |---------------------------------| + 03200 | Binary buffer #1 | + | | + |---------------------------------| + 05200 | Binary buffer #2 | + | | + |---------------------------------| + 07200 | I/O device handlers | + |---------------------------------| + 07600 | OS/8 Field 0 resident | + |---------------------------------| + 10000 | RALF module text loads | FIELD 1 + | here if 8K. | + |---------------------------------| + 12000 | Symbol table | + | | + |---------------------------------| + 15400 | Overlay length table | + |---------------------------------| + 16000 | MCTTBL and MODTBL | - + |---------------------------------| | + 17200 | Binary section table and | > symbol map + | binary buffer (LDBUFS) table | | output buffer + |---------------------------------| | + 17400 | ESD reference page | - + |---------------------------------| + 17600 | OS/8 Field 1 resident | + |---------------------------------| + 20000 | Binary buffer #3, if >8K | FIELD 2 + |---------------------------------| + 22000 | Binary buffer #4, if >8K | + |---------------------------------| + 24000 | Binary buffer #5, if >12K | + |---------------------------------| + 26000 | Unused | + |---------------------------------| + 30000 | RALF module text loads | FIELD 3 + | here if >12K | + ----------------------------------- + + + + + + + 3-4 + + + + SETBPT Sets words BPTR and BPT2 to contain AC and AC+1, + respectively. + + TTYHAN Subroutine to unpack and print a TEXT message on the + console terminal. TTYHAN is called by: + + CDF CURRENT + CIF 0 + JMS TTYHAN + CDF MSGFIELD + MSG + + RTNOS8 Prints a fatal error message and then returns to the + OS/8 monitor. A pointer to the message must follow + the JMS RTNOS8. + + IOHAN Used to execute all I/O under OS/8. The calling + sequence is: + + TAD (ACARG /Optional + CDF CURRENT + CIF 0 + JMS IOHAN + ADDR + ARG1 + ARG2 + ARG3 + + where ARG1, ARG2 and ARG3 are standard OS/8 device + handler arguments and ADDR points to a three-word block + in field 1 which contains the OS/8 unit number in word + 1, the file length in word 2, and the starting block + number in word 3. + + If ACARG is zero, the indicated I/O operation is + executed after the handler has been FETCHed, if + necessary. If ACARG=n (greater than zero), the handler + for OS/8 unit n is FETCHed, no I/O is done, and the + four arguments that conclude the calling sequence are + not needed. + + ADVOVR Called to initialize the loader to accept a new input + module. ADVOVR determines whether a new overlay or + level is being started by accessing the module count + table. If so, it sets various pointers and internal + counters accordingly, rounds the previous overlay to + terminate on a 200 word boundary, and updates the + length of the previous level, if necessary, as the + maximum of its constituent overlay lengths. + + NXTOVR Called by ADVOVR when the next input module will be the + first module in a new overlay. + + + + 3-5 + + + + SETCNT Initializes the pointers and counters used by ADVOVR. + SETCNT is called once at the beginning of each pass. + + LOOK Executes a symbol look-up in the loader symbol table. + LOOK is called by: + + TAD (Pointer to symbol name in + RALF ESD format + JMS LOOK + RETURN here if not found + RETURN here if found + GPTR points to word following entry name + + If the symbol is not found, it is inserted into the + loader symbol table and GPTR is set to point to the + word following the symbol name. + + SYMMAP Produces the symbol map. + + PUTSYM Enters an ESD symbol in the loader symbol table. PUTSYM + calls LOOK to determine whether the symbol is already + present in the symbol table and, if so, verifies that + the symbol is not multiply defined. Otherwise, it + copies the ESD data words into the symbol table entry, + updates the length of the current overlay by the length + associated with the symbol, and links the symbol to its + parent symbol, if any. + + FIT Fits a section into core by subtracting its length from + the amount of core still available and substituting its + load address for its length in the symbol table. + + DO8S, FIT8S Fits an 8-mode section into core by calling FIT and + then checking for field 1 overflow. + + SETREF Extracts data from the ESD table of the current module + and initializes the ESD reference page at 17400. + + BLDTV Builds the transfer vector. A transfer vector entry + is created for each subroutine in an overlay. This + entry provides the information that the run-time system + will require in order to load the overlay containing + the referenced subroutine. + + NEWORG Called whenever an origin is found in an input module, + to map the location referenced by the origin into a + block of the loader image file and an address within + that block. + + NEWBB Called whenever a new binary buffer is needed during + loader image file construction. NEWBB scans a list of + available buffers and dumps the content of the least + recently accessed buffer to free up space for new data. + + + 3-6 + + + + MERGE Relocates an input word pair and outputs it to the + loader image file. + + GETCTL Gets a control byte from the input module and incre- + ments its return address by the content of the control + byte. + + PUTBIN Inserts words, sequentially, into the current binary + buffer. When the buffer is full, PUTBIN calls NEWBB to + execute output to the loader image file and supply a + new buffer. + + TXTSCN Called once for each input module. TXTSCN reads and + relocates an entire input module, executing calls to + MERGE, PUTBIN and NEWORG as needed. + + + + SYMBOL TABLE + + + + The loader symbol table begins at location 12000 and contains room for + 26 (decimal) permanent system symbol entries and 218 (decimal) user + entries. Each entry is 7 words long, and provides the name and + definition of a symbol. The table is organized in buckets according + to the first character of the symbol, which must be A to Z, #, or + blank (for blank COMMON). The table of bucket pointers begins at + location 12000 with the pointer to bucket A, and consists of one word + per bucket. This word contains a value of zero, if there are no + symbols in the corresponding bucket, or else the address of the first + symbol in the bucket. + + Symbols within a bucket are arranged in alphabetical order, with each + symbol entry pointing to the following entry, and the last entry + pointing to zero. Thus, the symbol table appears as a set of threaded + lists in core. The format of a symbol table entry is: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3-7 + + + ------------------------------ + | Pointer to next symbol in | + | bucket (zero if none). | WORD 1 + |----------------------------| + | S | Y | WORD 2 + |----------------------------| + | M | B | WORD 3 + |----------------------------| + | O | L | + |----------------------------| + | | 3-bit | 4-bit | | + | * | level | overlay | ** | + | | # | # | | + |----------------------------| + | 9-bit pointer to | | + | parent symbol | | + | during pass 1 | | + | (zero if none). | Field | + | Trap vector | bits | + | displacement | | + | during pass 2. | | + |----------------------------| + | ADDRESS | + | (Length during pass 1) | + ------------------------------ + + + * 1-bit trap vector flag during pass 1. Error flag during pass 2. + + ** 4-bit type code + 0- undefined + 1- entry point + 2- extern + 3- common sect + 4- program sect + 5- multiple entry point + 6- multiple sect + 7- SECT8 sect + 10- COMMZ + 11- FIELD1 + 12 to 17- undefined + + Several special symbols are created by the loader. The symbol #YLVLn, + where n is an octal digit, describes overlay level n. This symbol + table entry contains the length of level n during pass 1 and the + starting address of level n during pass 2. + + The symbol #YTRAP describes the trap vector, a method by which the + run-time system controls automatic overlaying of user subroutines. + Four words are allocated in the trap vector for each entry point in + every overlay except overlay #MAIN. The symbol table entry for #YTRAP + contains the accumulated length of the trap vector during pass 1 and + the trap vector starting address during pass 2. + + + + 3-8 + + + + ESD CORRESPONDENCE TABLE (ESDPG) + + + + The ESD correspondence table begins at location 17400 and contains 128 + (decimal) 1-word entries. This table establishes the correspondence + between the local ESD reference numbers used to reference a symbol + inside a RALF module, and the address of that symbol in the loader + symbol table. The nth entry in the ESD correspondence table points to + the address of ESD symbol n. + + + + BINARY BUFFER TABLE (LDBUFS) + + + + The binary buffer table begins at location 17247 and contains from two + to ten entries, depending upon the amount of memory available. Each + entry is 4 words in length. The binary buffers function as windows + into the loader image file, through which the loaded program is + written onto mass storage. Each binary buffer is 8 pages (4 OS/8 + blocks) in length. The loader tries to minimize the amount of "window + turning" necessary to buffer the binary data by keeping a record of + the last time each buffer was referenced. In this way, when the + content of a binary buffer must be dumped to make room for new data, + the loader empties that buffer which was least recently used. + + In addition, program loading is overlay oriented such that only one + overlay is loaded at a time and while any specific overlay is being + loaded, only origins inside that overlay are legal. + + The format of a binary buffer table entry is: + + ------------------------------------ + | Pointer to the binary buffer of | + | "next earliest reference", i.e., | + | the youngest buffer older than | WORD 1 + | this buffer. Contains zero if | + | this buffer is oldest. | + |----------------------------------| + | Loader image block #. Contains | + | zero if buffer has not been used.| WORD 2 + |----------------------------------| + | Blocks left in current overlay | + | If <4, only part of buffer will | WORD 3 + | be dumped. | + |----------------------------------| + | Page address | Buffer | | + | of buffer. | field | Unused | WORD 4 + | | bits | | + ------------------------------------ + + + + 3-9 + + + + The number of binary buffers used varies with the amount of memory + available as follows: + + ------------------------------------------- + MEMORY | NO. OF + AVAIL | BUFFERS + -------------------|----------------------- + 8K | 2 + 12K | 4 + 16K | 5 + 20K | 7 + 24K | 10 (decimal) + 28K | 10 (decimal) + 32K | 10 (decimal) + ------------------------------------------- + + + + BINARY SECTION TABLE + + + + The binary section table overlays the loader image header block + (described under FRTS) after the latter has been written into the + loader image file at the beginning of pass 2. Thus, the binary + section table begins at location 17200 and contains eight 4-word + entries. Each entry relates the core origin of one of the eight + overlay levels to that level's position in the loader image file. + The format of a binary section table entry is: + + ----------------------------------- + | | Field | + | Unused | of | WORD 1 + | | level | + |---------------------------------| + | Address of level | WORD 2 + |---------------------------------| + | Relative block # | WORD 3 + |---------------------------------| + | Length (in blocks) | WORD 4 + ----------------------------------- + + + OVERLAY TABLE (OVLTBL) + + + The overlay table begins at location 15435 and contains room for 113 + (decimal) 2-word entries. There is one entry for each overlay + defined, including overlay MAIN, with each entry designating the + length in words, of the corresponding overlay. The format of an + overlay table entry is: + + + + + 3-10 + + + + OVLTBL + ----------------------- + | LEVEL MAIN | + |---------------------| Negated to indicate + | LEVEL 1 OVERLAY 1 | last table entry + |--------/\/----------| / + . - / + . | ------------------- / + . | | HIGH-order bits |/ + |--------/\/----------| | | of length | WORD 1 + | LEVEL m OVERLAY n-1 |>----< |-----------------| + |---------------------| | | LOW-order bits | + | LEVEL m OVERLAY n | | | of length | WORD 2 + |---------------------| | ------------------- + | OVLTBL format | - individual entry (2 words) + ----------------------- + + + + MODULE DESCRIPTOR TABLE (MODTBL) + + + + The module descriptor table begins at location 16172 and contains + room for 172 (decimal) 3-word entries. Each entry provides the + information needed to locate an input module. The first MODTBL entry + corresponds to the library file to be used in building the current + loader image. Successive entries correspond to input modules and + appear in the order that the modules were specified by the user, + (i.e., in ascending order by level, and ascending by overlay within + any given level.) At the end of pass 1, entries corresponding to + individual library modules are appended to the end of the table, even + though the library modules load into level MAIN. The table format is: + + + MODTBL + -------------------------------- + | FORLIB.RL or user- | + | specified library | - + |------------------------------| | -------------------------- + | Level MAIN module #1 | | | OS/8 I/O unit # | + |------------------------------| | |------------------------| + | Level MAIN module #2 | < | File length (positive) | + |------------------------------| | |------------------------| + | Level MAIN module #3 | | | Starting block # | + |----/\/----------------\/\----| | -------------------------- + - + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + | Level MAIN module n | MODTBL format of + |------------------------------| individual entry (3 words) + | Level 1 Overlay 1 module #1 | + |------------------------------| + | Level 1 Overlay 1 module #2 | + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + + 3-11 + + + + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + | Level 1 Overlay 1 module #n | + |------------------------------| + | Level 1 Overlay 2 module #1 | + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + . + . + . + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + | Level m Overlay n module #p | + |------------------------------| + | Library module #1 | + |------------------------------| + | Library module #2 | + |----/\/----------------\/\----| + + MODTBL format + + + + MODULE COUNT TABLE (MCTTBL) + + + + The module count table begins at location 16000 and contains room for + 122 (decimal) 1-word entries that give the (two's complement) module + count for each overlay level. The table format is: + + + MCTTBL + ------------------------- + | LEVEL MAIN | 1-word ENTRIES + |-----------------------| + | 0 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 1 OVERLAY 1 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 1 OVERLAY 2 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 1 OVERLAY 3 | + |----/\/---------\/\----| + + |----/\/---------\/\----| + | LEVEL 1 OVERLAY n | + |-----------------------| + | 0 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 2 OVERLAY 1 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 2 OVERLAY 2 | + |----/\/---------\/\----| + + + + + 3-12 + + + + + |----/\/---------\/\----| + | LEVEL 2 OVERLAY n | + |-----------------------| + | 0 | + |-----------------------| + | LEVEL 3 OVERLAY 1 | + |----/\/---------\/\----| + . + . + . + |----/\/---------\/\----| + | LEVEL m OVERLAY n | + |-----------------------| + | 0 | + |-----------------------| + | 0 | + ------------------------- + + If an overlay or level is not defined for a specific program, there is + no module count table entry corresponding to that overlay or level. + + The loader image file, produced by the loader and read as input by the + run-time system, consists of a header block followed by a binary image + of each level defined in the FORTRAN IV job. + + ----------------------------------- ----------- + | HEADER | LEVEL | LEVEL / / LEVEL | + | BLOCK | MAIN | 1 \ \ n | + | | | / / | + ---------------------------------- ------------ + + + The loader image file header block contains information in the + following format: + + LOCATION CONTENTS + 0 2 -- Identifies the file as a loader image file. + 1-2 Initial SWAP arguments to load level MAIN. + 3-4 Highest address used by core load, including overlays + but not including OS/8 device handlers. + 5 Loader version number. + 6 Double-precision flag. + 7-46 User overlay information table containing one 4-word + entry per overlay level (the level MAIN entry is + ignored) in the following format: + + + + + + + + + + 3-13 + + + + --------------------------------------- + | Unused until SWAP time. Must | WORD 1 + | be positive or zero. | + |-------------------------------------| + Load | Page | Bits 4-5 | Field | Bits 9-11 | WORD 2 + address ---> | bits | unused | bits | unused | + |-------------------------------------| + | Block number of this level, | WORD 3 + | relative to header block. | + |-------------------------------------| + | Length of overlays in this level, | WORD 4 + | in blocks. | + --------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3-14 + + + + CHAPTER 4 + + THE FORTRAN IV RUN-TIME SYSTEM + + + The FORTRAN IV run-time system supervises execution of a FORTRAN job + and provides an I/O interface between the running program and the OS/8 + operating system. FRTS includes its own loader, which should not be + confused with LOAD, the system loader. It executes with only one + overlay, used to restore the resident monitor and effect program + termination. The run-time system was designed to permit convenient + modification or enhancement, and it is well documented in the assembly + language source, available from the Software Distribution Center, + which includes extensive comments. + + One of the most valuable modifications to FRTS provides for the + inclusion of background (or idle) jobs. When FORTRAN is waiting for + I/O operations or the FPP to complete execution, the PDP-8 or PDP-12 + processor is sitting in an idle loop. An idle job may be executed by + the PDP-8 or PDP-12 CPU during this time, perhaps for the purpose of + refreshing a CRT display, for example, or monitoring a controlled + process. To indicate such a job, the idle wait loop must be modified + to include a reference to the user's PDP-8 routine. The routine #IDLE + in FRTS must be changed as part of the user's subroutine from + + #IDLE, JMP .+4 to #IDLE, SKP + 0 ADDUSR + CDF CIF FLDUSR + JMS I .-2 JMS I .-2 + + Devices issuing interrupts may be added to the interrupt skip chain so + that FORTRAN checks the user's device as well as system devices. The + original code is: + + #INT, JMP .+4 + 0 + CDF CIF + JMS I .-2 + + + and must be changed, as above, to: + + #INT, SKP + ADDUSR + FLDUSR + JMS I .-2 + + In both cases, ADDUSR should be the address of the user's routine, and + FLDUSR should be the memory field of the user's routine. + + The idle job is initiated by the subroutine HANG in the run-time + system. Hang should only be called when the FORTRAN program must wait + for an I/O device flag. The calling sequence is: + + + 4-1 + + + + EXTERN #HANG + IOF /Important. + CDF n /Where n is current field. + CIF 0 + JMS% HANG+1 + ADDRSS + /Return here with interrupts OFF + /When device flag is raised. + + HANG, ADDR #HANG + + The word ADDRSS must point to a location in page 400 of the run-time + system which must normally contain a JMP DISMIS. Three such locations + have been provided for the user at #DISMS, #DISMS+1, and #DISMS+2. The + selected location must be the location via which the interrupt caused + by the desired flag is dismissed. No two flag routines should use the + same dismiss location. The following program example illustrates + these calling conventions. This routine may be used to drive a + Teletype terminal via the PT08 option. + + EXTERN #ONQI + EXTERN #DISMS + FIELD1 GETCH /JMS GETCH GETS A CHAR + 0 /GETCH RUNS IN FIELD I ONLY + ISZ FIRST + JMP NOTFST + JMS% ONQI+1 + KSF1 + ADDR KSFSUB + TAD DISMIS+1 /SET UP TO CALL HANG + DCA HNGLOC + NOTFST, IOF + TAD INCHR + SZA CLA + JMP GOT1 + CIF 0 + JMS% HANG+1 /NO CHAR READY: HANG + HNGLOC, 0 + /HANG RETURNS W/ IOF + GOT1, TAD INCHR + DCA FIRST + DCA INCHR + TAD FIRST + ION + JMP% GETCH + /INTERRUPT ROUTINE - + KSFSUB, 0 /CALLED AS SUBROUTINE + KRB1 + DCA INCHR + CDF CIF 0 + JMP% DISMIS+1 /RETURN TO SYSTEM LOCATION + /CONTAINING "JMP DISMIS" + INCHR, 0 + ONQI, ADDR #ONQI + + 4-2 + + + + HANG, ADDR #HANG + DISMIS, ADDR #DISMS + FIRST, -1 + + In most cases, it is easier to include references to the FORLIB module + ONQI for adding a handler to the interrupt skip chain and ONQB for + adding a job to the idle chain, instead of trying to modify #IDLE and + #INT. ONQB provides slots for up to 9 idle jobs to be executed + round-robin, and ONQI provides for up to 9 user flags to be tested on + program interrupts. + + FRTS entry points are listed, along with the core map, on the + following pages. The FRTS calling sequence must be observed in any + user subroutine. The formal calling sequence is illustrated below. In + general, it can be used exactly as illustrated, changing only the + section, entry, base page, index register and return location names. + + + + FRTS CALLING SEQUENCE + + + + SECT EXAMPL /Section name. Your module may + /require another section pseudo-op + /such as FIELD1 or SECT8. + JA #EXSRT /Jump to start of subroutine + /Use # for first character + TEXT +EXAMPL+ /6 character section name for + /error traceback (optional) + EXAMXR, SETX XREXAM /Set up index registers + /for this subroutine + SETB BPEXAM /and its base page. + BPEXAM, F 0.0 /Base page + XREXAM, F 0.0 /Index registers 0-2 + F 0.0 /Index registers 3-5 (optional) + EXTMP1, F 0.0 /Space between index registers + EXTMP2, F 0.0 /and the ORG for temporary + EXTMP3, F 0.0 /storage (optional) + ORG 10*3+BPEXAM /Location 30 of base page + FNOP /Force a two-word instruction + JA EXAMXR /Jump to base page for + /return to calling program + 0 /Force a two-word instruction + EXMRTN, JA . /Will be replaced by return jump + BASE 0 /Caller's base page + #EXSRT, STARTD /Start of subroutine + FLDA 10*3 /Get return jump from caller's + /base page + FSTA EXMRTN /Save in return location for + /this routine + FLDA 0 /Location 0 of caller's routine + /is a pointer to the argument list + SETX XREXAM /Change to EXAMPL's index registers + + 4-3 + + + + SETB BPEXAM /Change to EXAMPL's base page + BASE BPEXAM + FSTA BPEXAM /Save the pointer + LDX 1,1 /Set up index register 1 + FLDA% BPEXAM, 1 /Get address of argument list + FSTA EXTMP1 /Save the addresses + FLDA% BPEXAM, 1+ /of all passed arguments + FSTA EXTMP2 + FLDA% BPEXAM, 1+ + FSTA EXTMP3 /Continue for all arguments + . /to be picked up + . + . + STARTF /Start three-word instructions + FLDA% EXTMP1 + . + . + . + FLDA% EXTMP2 + . + . + . /Continue to get arguments + . /as required in routine + JA EXMRTN /Exit when done + + + + RTS ENTRY POINT USEAGE AND COMMENTS + + #UE TRAP3 #UE /Produces USER ERROR error message. + + #ARGER or TRAP4 #ARGER /Produces BAD ARG error message. + #ARGERR + + #READO TRAP3 #READO /Initializes + JA UNITNO /formatted + JA FORMAT /read operation. + + #WRITO TRAP3 #WRITO /Initializes + JA UNITNO /formatted + JA FORMAT /write operation. + + #RUO TRAP3 #RUO /Initializes unformatted + JA UNITNO /read operation. + + #WUO TRAP3 #WUO /Initializes unformatted + JA UNITNO /write operation. + + #RDAO TRAP3 #RDAO /Initializes + JA UNITNO /direct access + JA RECNO /read operation. + + + + + 4-4 + + + + #WDAO TRAP3 #WDAO /Initializes + JA UNITNO /direct access + JA RECNO /write operation. + + #RFSV TRAP3 #RFSV /Passes a variable to or from the read/ + /write processors via the floating AC. + + #RENDO TRAP3 #RENDO /Terminates a read/write operation. + + #ENDF FLDA UNITNO /Executes an + TRAP3 #ENDF /end file, + #REW or TRAP3 #REW /rewind, + #BAK or TRAP3 #BAK /backspace (depending upon the entry used) + /on the referenced I/O unit. + + #DEF TRAP3 #DEF /Opens a file + JA UNITNO /for direct access I/O. + JA RECORDS + JA FPNPR /(FPP numbers per record) + JA VARIABLE /Refer to DEFINE FILE statement + + #EXIT JSR #EXIT /Terminates current FORTRAN IV job. + + #SWAP TRAP3 #SWAP /Reads overlay OVLY into level LVL and + ADDR /jumps to ADR. ADDR is given by: + /ADDR=4000000*OVLY+100000*LVL+ADR + + #8OR12 /=00000001 if the CPU is a PDP-12. + + #IDLE Address of background job, used by ONQB. Contains: + + JMP I (NULJOB /Replace by SKP + 0 /Replace by addr of background job + CDF CIF 0 /Replace by field of background job + JMS I .-2 + JMP .-4 + + + + CORE LAYOUT OF FRTS + + NON-FPP FPP (Same as non-FPP + unless indicated) + ----------------------------------- + 0000 | Page zero (0120-0134 free) | + |---------------------------------| + 0200 | Most entry points, character | + | I/O handlers, interrupt | + | service, and HANG routine | + |---------------------------------| + 0600 | Format decoder; A, H, and ' | + | format processors, and EXIT | + |------\/\---------------/\/------| + + + 4-5 + + + + |------\/\---------------/\/------| + 1400 | REWIND, ENDFILE, BACKSPACE and | + | general unit initialization | + | DATABL table (3wds/unit) | + |---------------------------------| + 2000 | I, E, F and G output | + |---------------------------------| + 2400 | I, E, F and G input | + |---------------------------------| + 2600 | X, L and T formats and | + | GETHND routine | + |---------------------------------| + 3000 | Char in and char out routines | + | including OS/8 packing, editing | + | and forms control | + |---------------------------------| + 3400 | Binary and D. A. I/O, and | + | DEFINE FILE processor | + |---------------------------------| + 3600 | Overlay loader | + |---------------------------------| + 4000 | Input line buffer, overlay | + | and DSRN tables, FORMAT | + | parenth pushdown list, /P | + | processor and init flag clear | + |---------------------------------| + 4400 | Floating-point utilities (shift,| + | add, etc.) used even w/FPP | + |---------------------------------| + 4600 | Error routine and messages | + |---------------------------------| + 5200 | OS/8 handler area and part of | + | FRTS loader initialization | + |---------------------------------|----------------------------- + 5600 | FPP simulator | FPP start-up and trap | + | | routines | + | |----------------------------| + 6000 | | B and D format I/O | + |---------------------------------|----------------------------| + 6600 | Floating-point package and | Floating-point package | + | part of LPT ring buffer | (never used) and part of | + | | LPT ring buffer | + |---------------------------------|----------------------------- + 7400 | Most of LPT ring buffer | + |---------------------------------| + 7600 | OS/8 handler and field | + | 0 resident | + |---------------------------------| + 10000 | OS/8 User Service Routine | + |---------------------------------| + 12000 | FRTS loader tables, IONTBL | Locations 12000 to 17400 are + | | overlayed at execution time + |------\/\---------------/\/------| + + + 4-6 + + + + |------\/\---------------/\/------| + 12200 | FRTS loader: main flow | + |---------------------------------| + 12400 | program start-up (1) | + |---------------------------------| + 12600 | initialize and | + | configure system | + |---------------------------------| + 13000 | Load OS/8 handlers and assign | + | unit numbers to OS/8 files | + |---------------------------------| + 13400 | Utility and error routines, | + | error messages | + 14000 | | + |---------------------------------| + 15600 | FPP start-up and trap routines | Locations 14000 to 16777 are + |---------------------------------| used to save lower field 0 + 16000 | B and D format I/O | during loading of device + |---------------------------------| handlers and file + 16600 | EAE Floating-point package | specifications + |---------------------------------| + 17400 | Termination routine | Locations 17400 to 17777 are + |---------------------------------| written on SYS block 37 + 17600 | OS/8 field 1 resident | before program load and + |---------------------------------| restored on termination + + + + + + #INT /Address of user interrupt location, used by ONQI: + + JMP .+4 /Replace with SKP + 0 /Replace with address of interrupt + processor + CDF CIF 0 /Replace with field of interrupt + processor + JMS I .-2 + + #DISMS /Addresses first of three JMP DISMIS instructions + for use by specialized I/O routines. + + #HANG /Addresses I/O dismiss routine. + + #RETRN /Provides return from TRAP3. + + + + + ------------------------ + (1) Program start-up moves OS/8 handler to top of core, writes field + 1 resident onto SYS, and termination routine goes to FRTS to load + program. + + + 4-7 + + + + DSRN TABLE + + + + The DSRN table controls files and I/O devices used under OS/8 FORTRAN + IV ASCII, binary and direct access I/O operations, including + BACKSPACE, REWIND, and END FILE operations. The exact meaning of the + initials DSRN is one of the great, unanswered questions of FORTRAN IV + development and, as such, has considerable historical interest. The + DSRN table provides room for 9 entries; each entry is 9 words in + length, and contains the following data: + + WORD 1: (HAND) Handler entry point. If this value is positive, the + I/O device handler is a FORTRAN internal (character-oriented) + handler, and the remainder of the DSRN table entry is + ignored. If the value is negative, the handler is an OS/8 + device handler whose entry point is the two's complement of + the value. Entry points always fall in the range [7607, + 7777] for resident handlers or [5200, 5377] for non-resident + handlers. Space for non-resident handlers is allocated + downward from the top of memory, and the handlers are moved + into locations 5200 to 5577 before being called. + + WORD 2: (HCODEW) Handler code word. Bits 0-4 of this word specify + the page into which the device handler was loaded, while bits + 6-8 specify the memory field. If all of bits 0-8 are zero, + the handler is permanently resident. When any of these bits + are non-zero, the data is used to determine which handler, if + any, currently occupies locations 5200-5577. This eliminates + unnecessarily moving the content of memory. Bit 10 is set if + forms control has been inhibited on the I/O unit. Bit 11 is + set if the device handler can execute with the interrupt + system enabled. The data in bits 10 and 11 is obtained from + the IOWTBL table in the FRTS loader. + + WORD 3: (BADFLD) Buffer address and field. Bits 0-4 address the + memory page at which the I/O buffer for this unit begins, + while bits 6-8 specify the memory field. Unlike the FORTRAN + internal I/O unit buffers, OS/8 device handler buffers always + occupy two full pages of memory. Buffer space is allocated + upward from the top of the FORTRAN program. + + WORD 4: (CHRPTR) Character pointer. + + WORD 5: (CHRCTR) Character counter. Words 4 and 5 of each DSRN table + entry define the current character/position in the I/O buffer + as follows: + + + + + + + + + 4-8 + + + + Value of Character Next value Next value Special + CHRCTR position of CHRCTR of CHRPTR Conditions + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + | Bits 4-11 of word | | | Refresh buffer if + -3 | addressed by | -2 | CHRPTR + 1 | input operation and + | CHRPTR | | | CHRPTR mod 256=0 + | | | | + -2 | " | -1 | " | none + | | | | + -1 | Bits 0-3 of words | | | + | addressed by | | | Dump buffer if + | CHRPTR-2 and | -3 | CHRPTR | output operation + | CHRPTR-1 | | | and CHRPTR mod + | | | | 256=0 + | | | | + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + WORD 6: (STBLK) Starting block of file. + + WORD 7: (RELBLIC) Current relative block of file. That is, block to + be accessed next. + + WORD 8: (TOTBLK) Length of file in blocks. + + WORD 9: (FFLAGS) Status flags: + + Bit 0 - Has been written flag. Set to 1 if unit has + received output since last REWIND. + + Bit 1 - Formatted I/O flag. Set to 1 if an ASCII I/O + operation has occurred since last REWIND. + + Bit 2 - Unformatted I/O flag. Set to 1 if a binary or + direct access I/O operation has occurred since last + REWIND. Bits 1 and 2 are never set simultaneously. + + Bit 11- END FILEd flag. Set to 1 if unit has been END + FILEd. Bit 11 is not cleared by a REWIND. + + When any active unit is selected for an I/O operation, the DSRN table + entry for that unit is moved into 9 words on page 0. These 9 words + are tagged with the labels cited above. Upon completion of the I/O + operation, the 9 words are moved from page 0 back into the DSRN table. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4-9 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 3 + + /PAGE ZERO FOR FORTRAN IV RTS + + 0000 *0 /INTERRUPT STUFF + 00000 0000 0 + 00001 5402 JMP I .+1 + 00002 0400 INTRPT + 00003 5165 LPGET, LPBUFR /LINE PRINTER RING BUFFER FETCH + 00004 0000 TOCHR, 0 /TELETYPE STATUS WORD + 00005 0000 KBDCHR, 0 /KEYBOARD INPUT CHARACTER + 00006 0000 POCHR, 0 /P.T. PUNCH COMPLETION FLAG + 00007 0000 RDRCHR, 0 /P.T. READER STATUS + 00010 0000 FMTPXR, 0 /XR USED TO INDEX FORMAT PARENTH + 00011 3777 INXR, INBUFR-1 /XR USED TO GET CHARS FROM INPUT + 00012 0000 XR, 0 + 00013 0000 XR1, 0 + + 0016 *16 + 00016 0000 VEOFSW, 0 /USED BY "EOFCHK" TO STORE VARIABLE ADDRESS + 00017 0000 0 /*K* MUST BE IN AUTO - XR + 00020 0000 T, 0 /TEMPORARY + 00021 0000 DFLG, 0 /0 = F.P., 1 = D.P. + 00022 0000 INST, 0 /CURRENT INSTRUCTION WORD + + /IOH PAGE ZERO LOCATIONS + + 00023 0000 RWFLAG, 0 /READ/WRITE FLAG + 00024 0000 FMTTYP, 0 /TYPE OF CONVERSION BEING DONE + 00025 0000 EOLSW, 0 /EOL SW ON INPUT - CHAR POS ON OUT + 00026 0000 N, 0 /REPEAT FACTOR + 00027 0000 W, 0 /FIELD WIDTH + 00030 0000 D, 0 /NUMBER OF PLACES AFTER DECIMAL + 00031 0300 DATCDF, 0 /SUBROUTINE TO CHANGE DATA FIELD + 00032 0000 DATAF, 0 /CONTAINS VARIOUS CDF'S + 00033 5431 JMP I DATCDF /RETURN + 00034 5013 ERR, ERROR /POINTER TO ERROR ROUTINE + 00035 0000 FATAL, 0 /FATAL ERROR FLAG - 0=FATAL + 00036 5000 MCDF, MAKCDF + + /FPP PARAMETER TABLE LOCATIONS: + + 00037 0000 APT, 0 /VARIOUS FIELD BITS FOR FPP + 00040 5313 PC, DPTEST /FPP PROGRAM COUNTER + 00041 0000 XRBASE, 0 /FPP INDEX REGISTER ARRAY ADDRESS + 00042 0000 BASADR, 0 /FPP BASE PAGE ADDRESS + 00043 0000 ADR, 0 /ADDRESS TEMPORARY + 00044 0000 ACX, 0 + 00045 0000 ACH, 0 /*** FLOATING ACCUMULATOR *** + 00046 0000 ACL, 0 + 00047 0000 EAC1, 0 + 00050 0000 EAC2, 0 /** FOR EXTENDED PRECISION OPTION ** + 00051 0003 EAC3, 0 + + + 4-10 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 4 + + /FLOATING POINT PACKAGE LOCATIONS + + 00052 0000 AC0, 0 + 00053 0000 AC1, 0 /FLOATING AC OVERFLOW WORD + 00054 0000 AC2, 0 /OPERAND OVFLOW WORD + 00055 0000 OPX, 0 + 00056 0000 OPH, 0 /*** FLOATING OPERAND REGISTER *** + 00057 0000 OPL, 0 + + /RTS I/O SYSTEM LOCATIONS + + 00060 0000 FMTBYT, 0 /FORMAT BYTE POINTER + 00061 0000 IFLG, 0 /I FORMAT FLAG + 00062 0000 GFLG, 0 /G FORMAT FLAG + 00063 0000 EFLG, 0 /E FORMAT FLAG - SOMETIMES ON FOR + 00064 0000 OD, 0 + 00065 0000 SCALE, 0 + 00066 0000 PFACT, 0 /P-SCALE FACTOR + 00067 0000 PFACTX, 0 /TEMP FOR PFACT + 00070 0000 INESW, 0 /EXPONENT SWITCH + 00071 0000 CHCH, 0 + 00072 0000 FMTNUM, 0 /CONTAINS ACCUMULATED NUMERIC VALUE + 00073 0000 CTCINH, 0 /^C INHIBIT FLAG + 00074 0320 PTTY, TTY /POINTER TO TTY HANDLER - USED BY + 00075 0000 0 / SO FORMS CONTROL WILL WORK ON + 00076 6001 FPNXT, ICYCLE /USED AS INTERPRETER ADDRESS IF + + /DSRN IMAGE + + 00077 0000 HAND, 0 /HANDLER ENTRY POINT + 00100 0000 HCODEW, 0 /HANDLER LOAD ADDR & FIELD + IOFFL + 00101 0000 BADFLD, 0 /BUFFER ADDRESS AND FIELD + 00102 0000 CHRPTR, 0 /ACTUALLY A WORD POINTER + 00103 0000 CHRCTR, 0 /COUNTER - RANGES FROM -3 TO -1 + 00104 0000 STBLK, 0 /STARTING BLOCK OF FILE + 00105 0000 RELBLK, 0 /CURRENT RELATIVE BLOCK NUMBER + 00106 0000 TOTBLK, 0 /LENGTH OF FILE + 00107 0000 FFLAGS, 0 /FILE FLAGS: + /BIT 0 - "HAS BEEN WRITTEN" FLAG + /BITS 1-2 - FORMATTED/UNFORMATTED + /BIT 11 - "END-FILED" FLAG + 00110 0000 BUFFLD, 0 /ROUTINE TO SET DF TO BUFFER FIELD + 00111 7402 BUFCDF, HLT + 00112 5510 JMP I BUFFLD + 00113 0000 FGPBF, 0 /THESE THREE WORDS ARE USED + 00114 0000 BIOPTR, 0 /TO FETCH AND STORE FLOATING POINT + 00115 0000 FEXIT /FROM RANDOM MEMORY + 0200 PAGE + + + + + + 4-11 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 5 + + /STARTUP CODE + + 00200 2203 FTEMP2, ISZ .+3 /ALSO USED AS I/O F.P. TEMPORARY + 00201 6213 CDF CIF 10 + 00202 5603 JMP I .+1 + 00203 2200 VDATE, RTSLDR /USED TO STORE OS/8 DATE + + /RTS ENTRY POINTS - "VERSION INDEPENDENT" + + 00204 5777 VUERR, JMP I (USRERR /USER ERROR + /** LOADER MUST DEFINE #ARGER AS + 00205 4434 VARGER, JMS I ERR /LIBRARY ARGUMENT ERROR + 00206 2023 VRENDO, ISZ RWFLAG /END OF I/O LIST + 00207 5634 VRFSV, JMP I GETLMN /I/O LIST ARG ENTRY - COROUTINE + 00210 5776 VBAK, JMP I (BKSPC /"BACKSPACE" ROUTINE + 00211 5775 VENDF, JMP I (ENDFL /"END FILE" ROUTINE + 00212 5774 VREW, JMP I (RWIND /"REWIND" ROUTINE + 00213 5773 VDEF, JMP I (DFINE /"DEFINE FILE" ROUTINE + 00214 7330 VWUO, AC4000 /UNFORMATTED WRITE + 00215 5772 VRUO, JMP I (RWUNF /UNFORMATTED READ + 00216 7330 VWDAO, AC4000 /DIRECT ACCESS WRITE + 00217 5771 VRDAO, JMP I (RWDACC /DIRECT ACCESS READ + 00220 7330 VWRITO, AC4000 /FORMATTED (ASCII) WRITE + 00221 5770 VREADO, JMP I (RWASCI /FORMATTED (ASCII) READ + 00222 5767 VSWAP, JMP I (SWAP /OVERLAY PROCESSOR + 00223 3000 VEXIT, TRAP3; CALXIT /"STOP" ROUTINE - ENTERED IN FPP + 00224 1317 + 00225 0000 V8OR12, 0;0 /0;1 IF CPU IS A PDP-12 + 00226 0000 + 00227 5766 VBACKG, JMP I (NULLJB /BACKGROUND JOB DISPATCHER + 00230 0000 0 + 00231 6203 CDF CIF 0 /USED BY ROUTINE "ONQB" IN LIBRARY + 00232 4630 JMS I .-2 + 00233 5227 JMP VBACKG + + /IOH GET VARIABLE ROUTINE. + /THIS ROUTINE MAKES THE FORMATTED I/O PROCESSOR AND THE + /PROGRAM CO-ROUTINES (DEF(COROUTINE): 2 ROUTINES EACH + / IS A SUBROUTINE). ON ENTRY FAC=INPUT NUMBER + /IF I/O IS A READ, ON RETURN FAC=OUTPUT NUMBER IF I/O + + 00234 0000 GETLMN, 0 + 00235 5577 VRETRN, JMP I [RETURN + + + + + + + + + + + 4-12 + + + + All FORTRAN IV mass storage I/O is performed in terms of OS/8 blocks, + including direct access I/O. Hence, all FORTRAN IV files conform to + OS/8 standard ASCII file format. When a formatted READ or WRITE is + requested, the data is converted to or from 8-bit binary representa- + tion according to the FORMAT statement associated with the READ or + WRITE. Standard OS/8 file format packs three 8-bit characters into + two 12-bit words as follows: + + MASS STORAGE CORE + ----------------------------- ------------------ + | WORD 3 | | | WORD 1 | + | bits 0-3 | WORD 1 | |----------------| + |---------------------------- | WORD 2 | + | WORD 3 | | |----------------| + | bits 4-7 | WORD 2 | | WORD 3 | + ----------------------------- ------------------ + + Unformatted (i.e. direct access) READ and WRITE operations also + operate on standard OS/8 format files, with each statement causing one + FORTRAN IV record to be read or written. A FORTRAN IV record must + contain at least one OS/8 block, and always contains an integral + number of blocks. The number of variables contained in a 1-block + record depends upon the content and format of the I/O list, as + follows: + + Number of 12-bit Number of + Format type Words/Variable Variables/Block + ___________ ________________ _______________ + + Integer 3 85 + Real 3 85 + Double precision 6 42 1/2 + Complex 6 42 1/2 + + It is possible to mix any types of data in an I/O list; however, no + more than 85 variables may be stored in one OS/8 block. The number of + blocks required for a FORTRAN IV record depends, therefore, upon the + number of variables in the I/O list, and may be minimized by supplying + every direct access WRITE with sufficient data to nearly fill an + integral number of blocks without overflowing the last block. + + The last word in every file block contains a block count sequence + number and is not available for data storage. FRTS assigns block + count numbers sequentially, beginning with 1, whenever a file is + written. Block count numbers must be maintained by the user when + FORTRAN IV files are created outside of an OS/8 FORTRAN IV + environment. While reading a binary file, FRTS checks the block count + sequence numbers on input blocks and ignores any block whose sequence + number is larger than expected. Sequence number checking is disabled + during direct access READ operations. + + When FRTS is loaded and started, the initialization routines deter- + mine what optional hardware, such as FPP-12 Floating Point Processor + or KE8E Extended Arithmetic Element, is present in the running + hardware configuration. The initialization routines then modify FRTS + + 4-13 + + + + to use the optional hardware, if available. When an FPP is present in + the system and it becomes desirable to disable the FPP under FRTS, + this may be accomplished by changing the content of location 12621 + from 6555 to 7200. The extended arithmetic element may be disabled in + the same manner by changing the content of FRTS location 12623 from + 7413 to 7200. These changes must be made before FRTS is started. The + OS/8 monitor GET and ODT commands provide an excellent mechanism for + changes of this type. + + The FRTS internal line printer handler uses a linked ring buffer for + maximum I/O buffering efficiency. The buffer consists of several + contiguous sections of memory, linked together by pointers. All of + these buffer segments are located above 04000, so that the pointers + are readily distinguishable from buffered characters. The entire + 07400 page is included in the line printer ring buffer. If it becomes + desirable to modify FRTS by patching or reassembly, most of the 07400 + page may be reclaimed from the buffer by changing the content of + location 07402 from 7577 to 5164. This frees up locations 07403 to + 07577 for new code and still leaves about eighty character positions + in the LPT ring buffer. + + Because FRTS executes with the processor interrupt system enabled, it + may hang up on hardware configurations that include equipment capable + of generating spurious program interrupts. In addition, any OS/8 I/O + device handler that exits without clearing all device flags may cause + troublesome interrupts when it is assigned as a FORTRAN I/O unit under + FRTS. To counteract these potential problems, FRTS provides certain + areas that are reserved for inclusion of user-generated code designed + to clear device flags and/or inhibit spurious interrupts. + + A string of NOP instructions beginning at location 04020 is executed + during FRTS initialization, just before the interrupt system is + enabled. When the /H option is specified to FRTS, the system halts + after these NOPs have been executed and the interrupt system has been + enabled. Another string of NOPs occupying the eight locations from + 03746 to 03755 is executed after every call to an OS/8 device handler. + Any of these NOP instructions may be replaced by flag-handling or + interrupt-servicing code. If additional memory locations are + required, they may be obtained by replacing some of the code from + locations 04007 to 04017 with flag-handling code. Locations 04007-17 + are used to clear flags associated with LAB-8/E peripheral devices. + + Due to memory limitations, it is not possible to add internal I/O + device handlers to the four internal handlers supplied with the + system. However, FORTRAN I/O unit 0, which is not defined by the ANSI + standard, may be specified for terminal I/O via the internal console + terminal handler. I/O unit 0 is not re-assignable. + + The FRTS /P option provides a mechanism whereby the core image gener- + ated from a FORTRAN program may be punched onto paper tape in binary + loader format. This permits the loader image to be executed on a + hardware configuration that does not include mass-storage devices. To + use the /P option, specify /P to FRTS and assign a device or file as + FORTRAN I/O unit 9. Assigning the paper tape punch as unit 9 causes + + 4-14 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 6 + + /INTERRUPT DRIVEN I/O HANDLERS + + 00236 0000 LPT, 0 /RING-BUFFERED - LP08 OR LS8E + 00237 0176 AND [377 /JUST IN CASE + 00240 7450 LPTSNA, SNA + 00241 5765 JMP I (IOERR /CANNOT BE USED FOR INPUT + 00242 6002 IOF + 00243 3667 DCA I LPPUT + 00244 1003 TAD LPGET + 00245 7041 CIA + 00246 1267 TAD LPPUT + 00247 7640 SZA CLA /IS LPT QUIET? + 00250 5253 JMP .+3 /NO + 00251 1667 TAD I LPPUT + 00252 6666 LLS /YES - START 'ER UP + 00253 7201 CLA IAC + 00254 6665 LIE /ENABLE LPT INTERRUPTS + 00255 1267 TAD LPPUT /1 IN AC, REMEMBER? + 00256 3267 DCA LPPUT + 00257 1667 TAD I LPPUT + 00260 7510 SPA + 00261 5256 JMP .-3 /NEGATIVE NUMBERS ARE BUFFER LINKS + 00262 7640 SZA CLA /ANY ROOM LEFT IN BUFFER? + 00263 4764 JMS I (HANG + 00264 0436 LPUHNG /WAIT FOR LINE PRINTER + 00265 6001 ION /TURN INTERRUPTS BACK ON + 00266 5636 JMP I LPT /RETURN + + 00267 5165 LPPUT, LPBUFR + + 00270 0000 PTP, 0 /PAPER TAPE PUNCH HANDLER + 00271 7450 SNA + 00272 5765 JMP I (IOERR /INPUT IS ERROR + 00273 3236 DCA LPT /SAVE CHAR + 00274 6002 IOF + 00275 1006 TAD POCHR /IF PUNCH IS NOT IDLE, + 00276 7640 SZA CLA /WE DISMISS JOB + 00277 4764 JMS I (HANG + 00300 0502 PPUHNG /WAIT FOR PUNCH INTERRUPT + 00301 1236 TAD LPT + 00302 6026 PLS /OUTPUT CHAR + 00303 3006 DCA POCHR /SET FLAG NON-ZERO + 00304 6001 ION + 00305 5670 JMP I PTP + + /*K* THE FOLLOWING ADDRESSES GET FALLEN INTO & MUST BE SMALL + + IFNZRO PPUHNG&7000 <--ERROR--> + IFNZRO TTUHNG&7000 <--ERROR--> + IFNZRO KBUHNG&7000 <--ERROR--> + IFNZRO RDUHNG&7000 <--ERROR--> + IFNZRO LPUHNG&7000 <--ERROR--> + + 4-15 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 7 + + /INTERRUPT-DRIVEN PTR AND TELETYPE HANDLER + + 00306 0000 PTR, 0 /CRUDE READER HANDLER + 00307 7640 SZA CLA + 00310 5765 JMP I (IOERR /OUTPUT ILLEGAL TO PTR + 00311 6002 IOF + 00312 6014 RFC /START READER + 00313 4764 JMS I (HANG + 00314 0510 RDUHNG /HANG UNTIL COMPLETE + 00315 1007 TAD RDRCHR /GET CHARACTER + 00316 6001 ION + 00317 5706 JMP I PTR /RETURN + 00320 0000 TTY, 0 /BUFFERS 2 CHARS ON OUTPUT, 1 ON + 00321 6002 IOF /DELICATE CODE AHEAD + 00322 7450 SNA /INPUT OR OUTPUT? + 00323 5342 JMP KBD /INPUT + 00324 3236 DCA LPT /OUTPUT - SAVE CHAR + 00325 1004 TAD TOCHR /GET TTY STATUS + 00326 7740 SMA SZA CLA /G.T. 0 MEANS A CHAR IS BACKED UP + 00327 4764 JMS I (HANG + 00330 0451 TTUHNG /WAIT FOR LOG JAM TO CLEAR + 00331 1004 TAD TOCHR /NO CHAR BACKED UP - SEE IF TTY + 00332 7104 CLL RAL /"BUSY" FLAG IN LINK - INTERRUPTS + 00333 7230 CLA CML RAR /COMPLEMENT OF BUSY IN SIGN + 00334 1236 TAD LPT /GET CHAR + 00335 7510 SPA /IF TTY NOT BUSY, + 00336 6046 TLS /OUTPUT CHAR + 00337 3004 DCA TOCHR /STORE POS OR NEG, BACKED UP + 00340 6001 TTYRET, ION /TURN INTERRUPTS BACK ON + 00341 5720 JMP I TTY /AND LEAVE + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 8 + + 00342 1005 KBD, TAD KBDCHR /HAS A CHARACTER BEEN INPUT? + 00343 7650 SNA CLA + 00344 4764 JMS I (HANG + 00345 0465 KBUHNG /NO - RUN BACKGROUND UNTIL ONE IS + 00346 1005 TAD KBDCHR /GET CHARACTER + 00347 3236 DCA LPT + 00350 3005 DCA KBDCHR /CHEAR CHARACTER BUFFER + 00351 1236 TAD LPT + 00352 5340 JMP TTYRET /RETURN WITH INTERRUPTS ON + + 00353 6554 KILFPP, FPHLT /BRING FPP TO A SCREECHING HALT + 00354 2353 ISZ .-1 + 00355 5354 JMP .-1 /WAIT FOR IT TO STOP + 00356 6552 FPICL /CLEAN UP MESS HALT HAS MADE IN FPP + 00357 7430 SZL /^C OR ^B? + 00360 5763 JMP I (7600 /^C - HIYO SILVER, AWAY! + 00361 6032 KCC /CLEAR KBD FLAG ON ^B + 00362 4434 CTLBER, JMS I ERR /*** THIS MAY BE DANGEROUS! ** + + 4-16 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 9 + + /INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES + + 00400 3322 INTRPT, DCA INTAC + 00401 7010 RAR + 00402 3323 DCA INTLNK + 00403 5207 VINT, JMP .+4 /** MUST BE AT 403 ** + IFNZRO VINT-403 <--- CHANGE LOADER!!!> + 00404 0000 0 + 00405 6203 CDF CIF 0 /USER INTERRUPT ROUTINE GOES HERE + 00406 4604 JMS I .-2 + + 00407 6551 FPINT /CHECK FOR FPP DONE + 00410 5215 JMP LPTEST + 00411 5314 FPUHNG, JMP DISMIS /ALWAYS GOES TO RESTRT + + 00412 5314 VDISMS, JMP DISMIS /FOR USE BY USERS + 00413 5314 JMP DISMIS + 00414 5314 JMP DISMIS + 00415 6661 LPTEST, LSF + 00416 5240 JMP NOTLPT + 00417 6662 LPTLCF, LCF /CLEAR FLAG + 00420 1403 TAD I LPGET + 00421 7650 SNA CLA /CHECK FOR SPURIOUS INTERRUPT + 00422 5314 JMPDIS, JMP DISMIS /GO AWAY IF SO + 00423 3403 DCA I LPGET /ZERO CHAR JUST OUTPUT + 00424 2003 ISZ LPGET + 00425 1403 TAD I LPGET + 00426 7510 SPA + 00427 3003 DCA LPGET /TAKE CARE OF BUFFER LINKS + 00430 7450 SNA + 00431 1403 TAD I LPGET /HAKE SURE CHAR IS IN AC + 00432 7440 SZA /IS THERE A CHARACTER? + 00433 6666 LLS /YES - PRINT IT + 00434 7200 CLA + 00435 6661 LSF /CHECK FOR IMMEDIATE FLAG + 00436 5314 LPUHNG, JMP DISMIS /NO - MAYBE RESTART PROGRAM + 00437 5217 JMP LPTLCF /YES - LOOP + + 00440 6041 NOTLPT, TSF /CHECK TTY + 00441 5252 JMP NOTTTY + 00442 6042 TCF /CLEAR FLAG + 00443 1004 TAD TOCHR /GET TTY STATUS + 00444 7540 SMA SZA /IF THERE IS A CHARACTER WAITING, + 00445 6046 TLS /OUTPUT IT. + 00446 7740 SMA SZA CLA /CHANGE "WAITING" TO "BUSY", + 00447 7130 STL RAR /"BUSY" TO "IDLE". + 00450 3004 DCA TOCHR + 00451 5314 TTUHNG, JMP DISMIS + + + + + + 4-17 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 10 + + /KBD AND PTP INTERRUPTS + + 00452 6031 NOTTTY, KSF + 00453 5276 JMP NOTKBD + 00454 1175 TAD [200 + 00455 6034 KRS /USE KRS TO FORCE PARITY BIT + 00456 3005 DCA KBDCHR /AND ALSO SO THAT ^C WILL STILL + 00457 1005 TAD KBDCHR + 03460 1377 TAD (-202 /CHECK FOR ^C OR ^B + 00461 7110 CLL RAR + 00462 7650 SNA CLA + 00463 5266 JMP CTCCTB /YUP - TAKE SOME DRASTIC ACTION + 00464 6032 KCC /DATA CHARACTER - CLEAR FLAG + 00465 5314 KBUHNG, JMP DISMIS + + 00466 1073 CTCCTB, TAD CTCINH + 00467 7650 SNA CLA /ARE WE IN A HANDLER? + 00470 5366 JMP NOTINH /NO + 00471 1323 TAD INTLNK + 00472 7104 CLL RAL /YES - RETURN WITH INTERRUPTS OFF + 00473 1322 TAD INTAC /TRUST IN GOD AND RTS + 00474 6244 RMF + 00475 5400 JMP I 0 + + 00476 6021 NOTKBD, PSF + 00477 5303 JMP NOTPTP + 00500 6022 PCF /P.T. PUNCH INTERRUPT - CLEAR FLAG + 00501 3006 DCA POCHR /CLEAR SOFTWARE FLAG + 00502 5314 PPUHNG, JMP DISMIS + + 00503 6011 NOTPTP, RSF + 00504 5311 JMP LPTERR + 00505 1175 TAD [200 + 00506 6012 RRB /GET RDR CHAR + 00507 3007 DCA RDRCHR + 00510 5314 RDUHNG, JMP DISMIS + + 00511 6663 LPTERR, LSE /TEST FOR LP08 ERROR FLAG + 00512 7410 SKP + 00513 6667 LIF /DISABLE LP08 INTERRUPTS IF ERROR + 00514 1323 DISMIS, TAD INTLNK + 00515 7104 CLL RAL + 00516 1322 TAD INTAC /RESTORE AC AND LINK + 00517 6244 RMF + 00520 6001 ION + 00521 5400 JMP I 0 /RETURN FROM THE INTERRUPT + + 00522 0000 INTAC, 0 + 00523 0000 INTLNK, 0 + + + + + 4-18 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 11 + + /BACKGROUND INITIATE/TERMINATE ROUTINE + + 00524 0000 HANG, 0 /ALWAYS CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS OFF! + 00525 1724 TAD I HANG /GET POINTER TO UNHANGING LOCATION + 00526 3371 DCA UNHANG + 00527 6214 RDF /GET FIELD CALLED FROM + 00530 1332 TAD HCIDF0 + 00531 3364 DCA HNGCDF /SAVE FOR RETURN + 00532 6203 HCIDF0, CDF CIF 0 + 00533 1376 TAD (JMP RESTRT /CHANGE THE "JMP DISMIS" + 00534 3771 DCA I UNHANG /TO A "JMP RESTRT" + 00535 1373 TAD BACKLK + 00536 7104 CLL RAL + 00537 1372 TAD BACKAC /SET UP BACKGROUND AC AND LINK + 00540 6202 BAKCIF, CIF 0 + 00541 6201 BAKCDF, CDF 0 + 00542 6001 ION + 00543 5774 JMP I BACKPC /INITIATE BACKGROUND + + / COME HERE WHEN THE HANG CONDITION HAS GONE AWAY + + 00544 1222 RESTRT, TAD JMPDIS /RESTORE THE UNHANG LOCATION + 00545 3771 DCA I UNHANG + 00546 1322 TAD INTAC /SUSPEND THE BACKGROUND + 00547 3372 DCA BACKAC + 00550 1323 TAD INTLNK + 00551 3373 DCA BACKLK + 00552 1000 TAD 0 + 00553 3374 DCA BACKPC + 00554 6234 RIB + 00555 0174 AND [70 + 00556 1332 TAD HCIDF0 + 00557 3340 DCA BAKCIF + 00560 6234 RIB + 00561 4436 JMS I MCDF /*K* OK SINCE BACKGROUND DOESN'T + 00562 3341 DCA BAKCDF + 00563 2324 ISZ HANG + 00564 7402 HNGCDF, HLT + 00565 5724 JMP I HANG /INTERRUPTS ARE OFF - RETURN + 00566 1222 NOTINH, TAD JMPDIS /IN CASE WE WERE HUNG, WE DON'T + 00567 3771 DCA I UNHANG /TO GET "UNHUNG" OUT OF THE ERROR + 00570 5775 JMP I (KILFPP /KILL FPP AND GO TO EXIT OR ERROR + + 00571 0000 UNHANG, 0 + 00572 0000 BACKAC, 0 + 00573 0000 BACKLK, 0 + 00574 0227 BACKPC, VBACKG + 0524 VHANG= HANG + IFNZRO VHANG-0524 <--CHANGE LOADER!> + 00575 0353 + 00576 5344 + 00577 7576 + 0600 PAGE + 4-19 + + + + the image to be punched out directly; however, it may be desirable to + direct the binary output to an intermediate file for later transfer to + paper tape via OS/8 PIP. In any event, FRTS returns to the monitor + once the core image has been transferred. + + The output file is a binary image of memory locations 00000 to 07577 + and 10000 up to the highest location used by the FORTRAN load. The + content of each field is punched separately with its own checksum and + leader/trailer. + + With the BIN loader resident in field 0, load the binary tape produced + under the /P option by reading each segment separately and verifying + the checksum as each memory field is loaded. When all segments have + been read into memory, start execution at location 00200. The + following restrictions apply: + + 1. OS/8 device handlers which have been assigned FORTRAN I/O + unit numbers are not necessarily punched out. For this + reason, I/O unit assignments other than in the form /n=m + should be avoided. + + 2. With respect to the presence of an FPP and/or EAE, the con- + figuration on which the image is punched must be identical to + the configuration on which it is to be run. If the punching + configuration contains hardware that is absent from the + target configuration, this hardware must be disabled under + FRTS. If the target configuration contains hardware that is + absent from the punching configuration, the extraneous + hardware will not be used. + + 3. The statements STOP and CALL EXIT cause a core load produced + under the /P option to halt. Any fatal error flagged during + punching or execution causes error traceback followed by a + halt. Do not press CONTinue in response to either of these + machine halts. + + A FORTRAN IV program is terminated in one of three ways: + + 1. A fatal error condition is flagged (CTRL/B) is processed as a + fatal error. + + 2. CTRL/C is recognized, or the CPU is halted and re-started in + 07600. + + 3. A STOP, CALL EXIT, or (under RALF) JSR #EXIT statement is + executed. + + The sequence of events that results in program termination proceeds as + follows: + + + + + + + 4-20 + + + + Fatal Error STOP + (1) (CTRL/B) (2) CTRL/C CALL EXIT (3) + | | JSR #EXIT | + ------------- --------------- --------------- + | BRANCH TO | | | | SIMULATE | + | ERROR | | EXECUTE IOF | | END FILE ON | + | ROUTINE | | | | ANY OPEN | + ------------- --------------- | FILES | + | | --------------- + | | |<------- + ------------- --------------- / \ | + | | | LET I/O DE- | / TTY, \ | + | PRINT | | VICE HANDLER| /LPT BUFFERS\_| + | TRACEBACK | | PROCESS ^C | \ CLEAR / NO + ------------- --------------- \ ? / + | | \ / + | | | YES + | | | + | ------------- | --------------- + | | | | | SET NORMAL | + ----->| JMP 07605 |<------ | TERMINATION | + | | | FLAG | + ------------- --------------- + | | + | Location 07605 traps back to FRTS | + -------------------------------------| + (A) + + + + At point A, FRTS executes the following operations. + + 1. Read termination routine into memory. + + 2. Read OS/8 field 0 resident from block 37 of SYS. + + 3. Jump into termination routine at location 17400. + + 4. restore normal content of locations 07600 and 07605 (in OS/8 + resident). + + 5. If configuration is an in-core TD8E DECtape system, restore + second part of TD8E handler from n7600 to 27600. + + 6. Wait for TTY to finish all pending I/O. If BATCH is running, + print LF on TTY and LPT. + + 7. If normal termination flag is set, close any output files + that were opened by the FRTS loader. + + 8. Return to OS/8 monitor via location 07605. + + + + + 4-21 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 78 + + 6600 FPPKG= . /FOR EAE OVERLAY + + /23-BIT FLOATING PT INTERPRETER + /W.J. CLOGHER, MODIFIED BY R.LARY FOR FORTRAN + + 06600 0000 LPBUF2, ZBLOCK 16 + 06616 7160 LPBUF3 + + 06617 0000 AL1BMP, 0 /*K* UTILITY SUBROUTINE + 06620 7240 STA + 06621 1044 TAD ACX + 06622 3044 DCA ACX + 06623 4542 JMS I [AL1 + 06624 5617 JMP I AL1BMP + + /FLOATING MULTIPLY-DOES 2 24X12 BIT MULTIPLIES + 06625 4777 DDMPY, JMS I (DARGET + 06626 7410 SKP + 06627 4776 FFMPY, JMS I (ARGET /GET OPERAND + 06630 4304 JMS MDSET /SET UP FOR MPY-OPX IN AC ON RETN. + 06631 1044 TAD ACX /DO EXPONENT ADDITION + 06632 3044 DCA ACX /STORE FINAL EXPONENT + 06633 3304 DCA MDSET /ZERO TEM STORAGE FOR MPY ROUTINE + 06634 3054 DCA AC2 + 06635 1045 TAD ACH /IS FAC=0? + 06636 7650 SNA CLA + 06637 3044 DCA ACX /YES-ZERO EXPONENT + 06640 4334 JMS MP24 /NO-MULTIPLY FAC BY LOW ORDER OPR. + 06641 1056 TAD OPH /NOW MULTIPLY FAC BY HI ORDER MULT + 06642 3057 DCA OPL + 06643 4334 JMS MP24 + 06644 1054 TAD AC2 /STORE RESULT BACK IN FAC + 06645 3046 DCA ACL /LOW ORDER + 06646 1304 TAD MDSET /HIGH ORDER + 06647 3045 DCA ACH + 06650 1045 TAD ACH /DO WE NEED TO NORMALIZE? + 06651 7004 RAL + 06652 7710 SPA CLA + 06653 4217 JMS AL1BMP /YES-DO IT FAST + 06654 1053 TAD AC1 + 06655 7710 SPA CLA /CHECK OVERFLOW WORD + 06656 2046 ISZ ACL /HIGH BIT ON - ROUND RESULT + 06657 5265 JMP MDONE + 06660 2045 ISZ ACH /LOW ORDER OVERFLOWED - INCREMENT + 06661 1045 TAD ACH + 06662 7510 SPA /CHECK FOR OVERFLOW TO 4000 0000 + 06663 5775 JMP I (SHR1 /WE HANDLE A SIMILIAR CASE IN + 06664 7200 CLA + + + + + + 4-22 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 79 + + 06665 3053 MDONE, DCA AC1 /ZERO OVERFLOW WD(DO I NEED THIS??? + 06666 2333 ISZ MSIGN /SHOULD RESULT BE NEGATIVE? + 06667 7410 SKP /NO + 06670 4543 JMS I [FFNEG /YES-NEGATE IT + 06671 1045 TAD ACH + 06672 7650 SNA CLA /A ZERO AC MEANS A ZERO EXPONENT + 06673 3044 DCA ACX + 06674 1021 TAD DFLG + 06675 7740 SMA SZA CLA /D.P. INTEGER MODE? + 06676 1044 TAD ACX /WITH ACX LESS THAN 0? + 06677 7450 SNA + 06700 5476 JMP I FPNXT /NO - RETURN + 06701 7040 CMA + 06702 4541 JMS I [ACSR /UN-NORMALIZE RESULT + 06703 5476 JMP I FPNXT /RETURN + + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 80 + + /MDSET-SETS UP SIGNS FOR MULTIPLY AND DIVIDE + /ALSO SHIFTS OPERAND ONE BIT TO THE LEFT. + /EXIT WITH EXPONENT OF OPERAND IN AC FOR EXPONENT + /CALCULATION-CALLED WITH ADDRESS OF OPERAND IN AC AND + /DATA FIELD SET PROPERLY FOR OPERAND. + + 06704 0000 MDSET, 0 + 06705 7344 CLA CLL CMA RAL /SET SIGN CHECK TO -2 + 06706 3333 DCA MSIGN + 06707 1056 TAD OPH /IS OPERAND NEGATIVE? + 06710 7700 SMA CLA + 06711 5314 JMP .+3 /NO + 06712 4774 JMS I (OPNEG /YES-NEGATE IT + 06713 2333 ISZ MSIGN /BUMP SIGN CHECK + 06714 1057 TAD OPL /AND SHIFT OPERAND LEFT ONE BIT + 06715 7104 CLL RAL + 06716 3057 DCA OPL + 06717 1056 TAD OPH + 06720 7004 RAL + 06721 3056 DCA OPH + 06722 3053 DCA AC1 /CLR. OVERFLOW WORD OF FAC + 06723 1045 TAD ACH /IS FAC NEGATIVE + 06724 7700 SMA CLA + 06725 5331 JMP LEV /NO-GO ON + 06726 4543 JMS I [FFNEG /YES-NEGATE IT + 06727 2333 ISZ MSIGN /BUMP SIGN CHECK + 06730 7000 NOP /MAY SKIP + 06731 1055 LEV, TAD OPX /EXIT WITH OPERAND EXPONENT IN AC + 06732 5704 JMP I MDSET + 06733 0000 MSIGN, 0 + + + 4-23 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 81 + + /24 BIT BY 12 BIT MULTIPLY. MULTIPLIER IS IN OPL + /MULTIPLICAND IS IN ACH AND ACL + /RESULT LEFT IN MDSET,AC2, AND AC1 + + 06734 0000 MP24, 0 + 06735 1373 TAD (-14 /SET UP 12 BIT COUNTER + 06736 3055 DCA OPX + 06737 1057 TAD OPL /IS MULTIPLIER=0? + 06740 7440 SZA + 06741 5345 JMP MPLP1 /NO-GO ON + 06742 3053 DCA AC1 /YES-INSURE RESULT=0 + 06743 5734 JMP I MP24 /RETURN + 06744 1057 MPLP, TAD OPL /SHIFT A BIT OUT OF LOW ORDER + 06745 7010 MPLP1, RAR /OF MULTIPLIER AND INTO LINK + 06746 3057 DCA OPL + 06747 7420 SNL /WAS IT A 1? + 06750 5356 JMP MPLP2 /NO - 0 - JUST SHIFT PARTIAL PROD + 06751 1054 TAD AC2 /YES-ADD MULTIPLICAND TO PARTIAL + 06752 1046 TAD ACL /LOW ORDER + 06753 3054 DCA AC2 + 06754 7024 CML RAL /*K* NOTE THE "SNL" 5 WORDS BACK! + 06755 1045 TAD ACH /HI ORDER + 06756 1304 MPLP2, TAD MDSET + 06757 7010 RAR /NOW SHIFT PARTIAL PROD. RIGHT 1 + 06760 3304 DCA MDSET + 06761 1054 TAD AC2 + 06762 7010 RAR + 06763 3054 DCA AC2 + 06764 1053 TAD AC1 + 06765 7010 RAR /OVERFLOW TO AC1 + 06766 3053 DCA AC1 + 06767 2055 ISZ OPX /DONE ALL 12 MULTIPLIER BITS? + 06770 5344 JMP MPLP /NO-GO ON + 06771 5734 JMP I MP24 /YES-RETURN + 06773 7764 + 06774 7203 + 06775 7110 + 06776 6514 + 06777 6460 + 7000 PAGE + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 82 + + /DIVIDE-BY-ZERO ROUTINE - MUST BE AT BEGINNING Of PAGE + + 07000 2035 DBAD, ISZ FATAL /DIVIDE BY 0 NON-FATAL + 07001 4434 JMS I ERR /GIVE ERROR MSG + 07002 1200 TAD DBAD + 07003 3044 DCA ACX /RETURN A VERY LARGE POSITIVE NUM + 07004 7332 AC2000 + 07005 5325 JMP FD + + 4-24 + + + + /FLOATING DIVIDE - USES DIVIDE-AND-CORRECT METHOD + + 07006 4777 DDDIV, JMS I (DARGET + 07007 7410 SKP + 07010 4776 FFDIV, JMS I (ARGET /GET OPERAND + 07011 4775 JMS I (MDSET /GO SET UP FOR DIVIDE-OPX IN AC + 07012 7041 CMA IAC /NEGATE EXP. OF OPERAND + 07013 1044 TAD ACX /ADD EXP OF FAC + 07014 3044 DCA ACX /STORE AS FINAL EXPONENT + 07015 1056 TAD OPH /NEGATE HI ORDER OP. FOR USE + 07016 7141 CLL CMA IAC /AS DIVISOR + 07017 3056 DCA OPH + 07020 4231 JMS DV24 /CALL DIV.--(ACH+ACL)/OPH + 07021 1046 TAD ACL /SAVE QUOT. FOR LATER + 07022 3053 DCA AC1 + 07023 1057 TAD OPL + 07024 7650 SNA CLA + 07025 5327 JMP DVL2 /AVOID MULTIPLYING BY 0 + 07026 1374 TAD (-15 /SET COUNTER FOR 12 BIT MULTIPLY + 07027 3231 DCA DV24 /TO MULTIPLY QUOT. OF DIV. BY + 07030 5267 JMP DVLP1 /LOW ORDER OF OPERAND (OPL) + + /DIVIDE ROUTINE - (ACH,ACL)/OPH = ACL REMAINDER REM + + 07031 0000 DV24, 0 + 07032 1045 TAD ACH /CHECK THAI DIVISOR IS .GT. + 07033 1056 TAD OPH /DIVISOR IN OPH (NEGATIVE) + 07034 7630 SZL CLA /IS IT? + 07035 5200 JMP DBAD /NO-DIVIDE OVERFLOW + 07036 1374 TAD (-15 /YES-SET UP 12 BIT LOOP + 07037 3054 DCA AC2 + 07040 5251 JMP DV1 /GO BEGIN DIVIDE + 07041 1045 DV2, TAD ACH /CONTINUE SHIFT OF FAC LEFT + 07042 7004 RAL + 07043 3045 DCA ACH /RESTORE HI ORDER + 07044 1045 TAD ACH /NOW SUBTRACT DIVISOR FROM HI ORDER + 07045 1056 TAD OPH /DIVIDEND + 07046 7430 SZL /GOOD SUBTRACT? + 07047 3045 DCA ACH /YES-RESTORE HI DIVIDEND + 07050 7200 CLA /NO-DON'T RESTORE--OPH.GT.ACH + 07051 1046 DV1, TAD ACL /SHIFT FAC LEFT 1 BIT-ALSO SHIFT + 07052 7004 RAL /1 BIT OF QUOT. INTO LOW ORD OF ACL + 07053 3046 DCA ACL + 07054 2054 ISZ AC2 /DONE 12 BITS OF QUOT? + 07055 5241 JMP DV2 /NO-GO ON + 07056 5631 JMP I DV24 /YES-RETN W/AC2=0 + + + + + + + + + + 4-25 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 83 + + /DIVIDE ROUTINE CONTINUED + + 07057 3057 MP12L, DCA OPL /STORE BACK MULTIPLIET + 07060 1054 TAD AC2 /GET PRODUCT SO FAR + 07061 7420 SNL /WAS MULTIPLIER BIT A 1? + 07062 5265 JMP .+3 /NO-JUST SHIFT THE PARTIAL PRODUCT + 07063 7100 CLL /YES-CLEAR LINK AND ADD MULTIPLICAND + 07064 1046 TAD ACL /TO PARTIAL PRODUCT + 07065 7010 RAR /SHIFT PARTIAL PRODUCT-THIS IS HI + 07066 3054 DCA AC2 /RESULT-STORE BACK + 07067 1057 DVLP1, TAD OPL /SHIFT A BIT OUT OF MULTIPLIER + 07070 7010 RAR /AND A BIT OR RESLT. INTO IT (LO + 07071 2231 ISZ DV24 /DONE ALL BITS? + 07072 5257 JMP MP12L /NO-LOOP BACK + 07073 7141 CLL CIA /YES-LOW ORDER PROD. OF QUOT. X + 07074 3046 DCA ACL /NEGATE AND STORE + 07075 7024 CML RAL /PROPAGATE CARRY + 07076 1054 TAD AC2 /NEGATE HI ORDER PRODUCT + 07077 7161 STL CIA + 07100 1045 TAD ACH /COMPARE WITH REMAINDER OF FIRST + 07101 7430 SZL /WELL? + 07102 5331 JMP DVOPS /GREATER THAN REM. - ADJUST QUOT OF + 07103 3045 DCA ACH /OK - DO (REM - (Q*OPL)) / OPH + 07104 4231 DVL3, JMS DV24 /DIVIDE BY OPH (HI ORDER OPERAND) + 07105 1053 DVL1, TAD AC1 /GET QUOT. OF FIRST DIV. + 07106 7500 SMA /IF HI ORDER BIT SET-MUST SHIFT 1 + 07107 5325 JMP FD /NO-ITS NORMALIZED-DONE + 07110 7100 SHR1, CLL + 07111 2046 ISZ ACL /ROUND AND SHIFT RIGHT ONE + 07112 7410 SKP + 07113 7001 IAC /DOUBLE PRECISION INCREMENT + 07114 7010 RAR + 07115 3045 DCA ACH /STORE IN FAC + 07116 1046 TAD ACL /SHIFT LOW ORDER RIGHT + 07117 7010 RAR + 07120 3046 DCA ACL /STORE BACK + 07121 2044 ISZ ACX /BUMP EXPONENT + 07122 7000 NOP + 07123 1045 TAD ACH + 07124 5306 JMP DVL1+1 /IF FRACT WAS 77777777 WE MUST + 07125 3045 FD, DCA ACH /STORE HIGH ORDER RESULT + 07126 5773 JMP I (MDONE /GO LEAVE DIVIDE + + 07127 3046 DVL2, DCA ACL /COME HERE IF LOW-ORDER QUO=0 + 07130 5304 JMP DVL3 /SAVE SOME TIME + + + + + + + + + 4-26 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 84 + + /ROUTINE TO ADJUST QUOTIENT OF FIRST DIVIDE (MAYBE) WHEN + /REMAINDER OF THE FIRST DIVIDE IS LESS THAN QUOT*OPL + + 07131 7041 DVOPS, CMA IAC /NEGATE AND STORE REVISED REMAINDER + 07132 3045 DCA ACH + 07133 7100 CLL + 07134 1056 TAD OPH + 07135 1045 TAD ACH /WATCH FOR OVERFLOW + 07136 7420 SNL + 07137 5344 JMP DVOP1 /OVERFLOW-DON'T ADJUST QUOT. OF 1 + 07140 3045 DCA ACH /NO OVERFLOW-STORE NEW REM. + 07141 7040 CMA /SUBTRACT 1 FROM QUOT OF + 07142 1053 TAD AC1 /FIRST DIVIDE + 07143 3053 DCA AC1 + 07144 7300 DVOP1, CLA CLL + 07145 1045 TAD ACH /GET HI ORD OF REMAINDER + 07146 7450 SNA /IS IT ZERO? + 07147 3046 DVOP2, DCA ACL /YES-MAKE WHOLE THING ZERO + 07150 3045 DCA ACH + 07151 4231 JMS DV24 /DIVIDE EXTENDED REM. BY HI DIVISOR + 07152 1046 TAD ACL /NEGATE THE RESULT + 07153 7141 CLL CMA IAC + 07154 3046 DCA ACL + 07155 7420 SNL /IF QUOT. IS NON-ZERO, SUBTRACT + 07156 7040 CMA /ONE FROM HIGH ORDER QUOT. + 07157 5305 JMP DVL1 /GO TO IT + + 07160 0000 LPBUF3, ZBLOCK 12 + 07172 7316 LPBUF4 + 07173 6665 + 07174 7763 + 07175 6704 + 07176 6514 + 07177 6460 + 7200 PAGE + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4-27 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 85 + + /"NRMFAC" AND "OPNEG" MUST BE AT 0 AND 3 ON PAGE + + 07200 3053 NRMFAC, DCA AC1 /KILL OVERFLOW BIT + 07201 4271 JMS FFNOR + 07202 5476 JMP I FPNXT + + 07203 0000 OPNEG, 0 /ROUTINE TO NEGATE OPERAND + 07204 1057 TAD OPL /GET LOW ORDER + 07205 7141 CLL CMA IAC /NEGATE AND STORE BACK + 07206 3057 DCA OPL + 07207 7024 CML RAL /PROPAGATE CARRY + 07210 1056 TAD OPH /GET HI ORDER + 07211 7141 CLL CMA IAC /NEGATE AND STORE BACK + 07212 3056 DCA OPH + 07213 5603 JMP I OPNEG + / + /FLOATING SUBTRACT AND ADD + / + 07214 4777 FFSUB, JMS I (ARGET /PICK UP THE OP. + 07215 4203 JMS OPNEG /NEGATE OPERAND + 07216 7410 SKP + 07217 4777 FFADD, JMS I (ARGET /PICK UP OPERAND + 07220 1056 TAD OPH /IS OPERAND = 0 + 07221 7650 SNA CLA + 07222 5476 JMP I FPNXT /YES-DONE + 07223 1045 TAD ACH /NO-IS FAC=0? + 07224 7650 SNA CLA + 07225 5236 JMP DOADD /YES-DO ADD + 07226 1044 TAD ACX /NO-DO EXPONENT CALCULATION + 07227 7141 CLL CMA IAC + 07230 1055 TAD OPX + 07231 7540 SMA SZA /WHICH EXP. GREATER? + 07232 5243 JMP FACR /OPERANDS-SHIFT FAC + 07233 7041 CMA IAC /FAC'S-SHIFT OPERAND=DIFFRNCE+1 + 07234 4246 JMS OPSR + 07235 4541 JMS I [ACSR /SHIFT FAC ONE PLACE RIGHT + 07236 1055 DOADD, TAD OPX /SET EXPONENT OF RESULT + 07237 3044 DCA ACX + 07240 4537 JMS I [OADD /DO THE ADDITION + 07241 4271 JMS FFNOR /NORMALIZE RESULT + 07242 5476 JMP I FPNXT /RETURN + 07243 4541 FACR, JMS I [ACSR /SHIFT FAC = DIFF.+1 + 07244 4246 JMS OPSR /SHIFT OPR. 1 PLACE + 07245 5236 JMP DOADD /DO ADDITION + + + + + + + + + + 4-28 + + + + /FORTRAN 4 RUNTIME SYSTEM - R.L PAL8-V8 PAGE 86 + + /OPERAND SHIFT RIGHT-ENTER WITH POSITIVE COUNT-1 IN AC + + 07246 0000 OPSR, 0 + 07247 7040 CMA /- (COUNT+1) TO SHIFT COUNTER + 07250 3052 DCA AC0 + 07251 1056 LOP2, TAD OPH /GET SIGN BIT + 07252 7100 CLL /TO LINK + 07253 7510 SPA + 07254 7020 CML /WITH HI MANTISSA IN AC + 07255 7010 RAR /SHIFT IT RIGHT, PROPAGATING SIGN + 07256 3056 DCA OPH /STORE BACK + 07257 1057 TAD OPL + 07260 7010 RAR + 07261 3057 DCA OPL /STORE LO ORDER BACK + 07262 2055 ISZ OPX /INCREMENT EXPONENT + 07263 7000 NOP + 07264 2052 ISZ AC0 /DONE ALL SHIFTS? + 07265 5251 JMP LOP2 /NO-LOOP + 07266 7010 RAR /SAVE 1 BIT OF OVERFLOW + 07267 3054 DCA AC2 /IN AC2 + 07270 5646 JMP I OPSR /YES-RETN. + + 07271 0000 FFNOR, 0 /ROUTINE TO NORMALIZE THE FAC + 07272 1045 TAD ACH /GET THE HI ORDER MANTISSA + 07273 7450 SNA /ZERO? + 07274 1046 TAD ACL /YES-HOW ABOUT LOW? + 07275 7450 SNA + 07276 1053 TAD AC1 /LOW=0, IS OVRFLO BIT ON? + 07277 7650 SNA CLA + 07300 5313 JMP ZEXP /#=0-ZERO EXPONENT + 07301 7332 NORMLP, CLA CLL CML RTR /NOT 0-MAKE A 2000 IN AC + 07302 1045 TAD ACH /ADD HI ORDER MANTISSA + 07303 7440 SZA /HI ORDER = 6000 + 07304 5307 JMP .+3 /NO-CHECK LEFT MOST DIGIT + 07305 1046 TAD ACL /YES-6000 OK IF LOW=O + 07306 7640 SZA CLA + 07307 7710 SPA CLA /2,3,4,5,ARE LEGAL LEFT MOST DIGS. + 07310 5314 JMP FFNORR /FOR NORMALIZED #-(+2000=4,5,6,7) + 07311 4534 JMS I (AL1BMP /SHIFT AC LEFT AND BUMP ACX DOWN + 07312 5301 JMP NORMLP /GO BACK AND SEE IF NORMALIZED + 07313 3044 ZEXP, DCA ACX + 07314 3053 FFNORR, DCA AC1 /DONE W/NORMALIZE - CLEAR AC1 + 07315 5671 JMP I FFNOR /RETURN + + 07316 0000 LPBUF4, ZBLOCK 60 + 07376 7400 LPBUFE + 07377 6514 + 7400 PAGE + + + + + + 4-29 + + + + CHAPTER 5 + + LIBRA AND FORLIB + + + The binary output of an assembly under RALF is called a RALF module. + Every RALF module consists of an External Symbol Dictionary (or ESD) + and associated text. The ESD lists all global symbols defined in the + assembly, while the text contains the actual binary output along with + relocation data. + + There are three major classes of global symbols. Entry points are + global symbols defined in a module and referenced by code in other + modules. Thus, entry points include the names of all modules and the + names of all globally callable subroutines within modules. Externs are + global symbols that are referenced in a module but not defined in that + module. For example, the entry point of module A would appear as an + extern if referenced in module B. The COMMON area comprises a third + class of global symbols including all global symbols which define + COMMON. + + A FORTRAN IV library is a specially formatted file, created with + LIBRA, consisting of a library catalog (which lists section names and + entry points of library modules) and a set of RALF modules, perhaps + interspersed with empty subfiles. The loader uses one such library, + specified by the user, to resolve externs while building a loader + image file. The general structure of a FORTRAN IV library is: + + ---------------------------------------------------------------- + | CATALOG | MODULE | FREE | MODULE | MODULE | \ + | | | AREA | | | etc. / + | | | | | | \ + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + LIBRA is a very simple program, basically a file-to-file copy inside + several nested loops. The outer loop begins at START, and calls the + command decoder for specification of the library and input files. If + no library is specified, the previous library name is used (initially + this is SYS:FORLIB.RL). If a new name is given, but no extension is + specified, .RL is forced. A check is made to verify that the + specified library is on a file-structured device, and the handler is + FETCHed. + + At ZTEST, the /Z switch is tested. If it was set, control passes to + NEWLIB to create a new library. Otherwise, an attempt is made to find + an old library of the specified name on the device. If it fails, + control passes to NEWLIB. Otherwise, the catalog of the old library + is read and scanned to determine the starting block of available + space. This is stored at LAVAIL. Control then passes to GETINF to + begin reading input files. + + If /Z was set, or the specified library isn't found, a new library is + entered at NEWLIB, and an empty catalog is written. Control passes to + GETINF. There, a check is made to determine whether input is + + 5-1 + + + + presently coming from another library. If it is, control passes to + INLIB to obtain the next module from the library. Otherwise, the next + input file is obtained from the command decoder area in field 1, and + if one exists, control passes to FTCHIN to load the handler. If there + is none, the /C switch is tested. If it is not set, control is passed + to LCLOSE to close the library. If it is set, however, the command + decoder is recalled to obtain a continuation of the preceding input + line, and control returns to NXTINF to look in the command decoder + area. + + At FTCHIN, the unit, starting block, and length of the next input file + are obtained from the command decoder area, the appropriate device + handler is fetched, and at LUKMOD, the input file is read to ensure + that it is either a module or a library. If a library, control passes + to GOTLIB, which sets INLSW and goes to INLIB to obtain the first + module from the library. Otherwise, the length is checked against the + available length in the library, to ensure that this module can be fit + in, and control goes to NXTEBK to read the ESD. + + At INLIB, the catalog of the library being input is read, and scanned + until a module is found with a starting block greater than the + starting block of the last input module (in the case of the first + module in a library, MODBLK, which normally contains the starting + block of a module, contains the starting block of the library, so this + scan yields the starting block of the first module in the library). + When the next module has been found, control returns to LUKMOD to + check the length of the module against the available length in the + library. + + At NXTEBK, the end of the input module is scanned for entry point and + section names. Whenever one is found, the catalog of the output + library is scanned for a matching name. If a match is found, control + passes to GOTMAT, which prints the duplicated name, and if the /I + switch is set, asks the operator which name to keep. If he types N, + for new, control passes to DLETO to delete the old name. Otherwise, + control is passed to ESDLND to find the next entry point or section + name in the input. If /I is not set, /R is tested. If it is not set, + control is passed to ESDLND. If it is, control flows into DELTO, + where the old name is cleared, and the rest of the catalog is scanned + to find the first available name slot. Control then passes to INSERT. + + If no match was found, the /I switch is tested. If it was set, the + operator is asked whether to include the name. If he types, N, for + no, control is passed to ESDLND. Otherwise, or if /I was not set, a + pointer is set up for the new name, and control passes to INSERT, + where the new name is added to the catalog. + + When the entire ESD has been scanned, INCLUD is tested to determine + whether any name has been included in the catalog, and assuming at + least one has, the module is copied into the library, and LAVAIL is + updated to indicate the next available block in the library. Control + returns to GETINF for another module. + + + + 5-2 + + + + LCLOSE receives control whenever the end of the input file string is + reached and /C is not set. Here, any remaining changes in the library + catalog are written, and if a new library was entered, it is closed. + Control passes to CATLST, to create a catalog listing. The second + output file, if any was specified, is opened, a title is output to it, + and at PRCAT, the entire contents of the catalog are listed. When + this process is complete, the output file is closed, and control + returns to start for more command decoder input. + + User-coded modules may be added to the system library or incorporated + in a new library provided that entry points, variable storage + allocations, calling sequences, error conditions and the like are + handled with care. + + Every library module must have a unique section (and entry) name(s). + The library supplied by DEC uses the character # before names where + duplication in the FORTRAN program may be possible. Note that this + character is acceptable to RALF, but is illegal in a FORTRAN source. + If more than one entry is required to the routine, they should be + listed as such using the pseudo-op ENTRY before they are encountered + as tags in the code. Thus, if a double precision tangent routine is + being written, it may be helpful to have an entry for a double + precision co-tangent calculation also. Appropriate code would be: + + SECT DTAN + JA #DTAN + ENTRY DCOT + JA #DCOT + . + . + . + #DCOT, + . + . + . + #DTAN, + + When routines will handle double precision or complex values, allocate + six words for their storage. Such routines can switch between the + STARTF (3 word format) and STARTE (6 word format) pseudo-ops as + required, being careful to define variables of the proper length to + keep track of temporary locations. + + All user-written library routines are called by a JSR in STARTF mode. + Depending on the type of function, the routine must be coded to exit + as follows in order to return the result to the program: + + Single precision Answer in AC in STARTF mode + (integer, real and logical) + + FLDA ANSWER /In STARTF mode + JA RETURN /3 word result + + + + 5-3 + + + + Double precision: Answer in AC in STARTE mode + + FLDA ANSWER /In STARTE mode + JA RETURN /6 word result + + Complex: Answer in location #CAC in + STARTE mode + + EXTERN #CAC /Real part in first 3 words + STARTE /Imaginary in last 3 words + FLDA ANSWER /Exit in STARTE mode + FSTA #CAC /6 word result + JA RETURN + + Routines should conform to the FPP FORTRAN calling sequence. An + example of that sequence follows: + + SECT DTAN /Sector name + JA #DTAN /Jump to Start of Function + TEXT +DTAN + /6 characters for trace + /back feature must be + /immediately before index + /register assignment. + DTANXR, SETX XRDTAN /This tag referenced when + /returning to reset base + /page and index registers + SETB BPDTAN /if this routine called. + + BPDTAN, F 0.0 /3 words each + XRDTAN, F 0.0 /These locations may be + /used for temporary storage or + ORG 10*3+BPDTAN /If this routine is called, + /will set up return to it. + FNOP + JA DTANXR + 0 + DTNRTN, JA . /Return to calling program + BASE 0 /Still on caller's base page + #DTAN, STARTD /Start of subroutine + FLDA 10*3 /Get jump to caller's return jump + FSTA DTNRTN /Save for return from this routine + FLDA 0 /Get next location in caller's + /routine (pointer to argument list) + SETX XRDTAN /Change index registers to this + /routine's + SETB BPDTAN /Change base page to this routine's + BASE BPDTAN /Change base page to this routine's + FSTA TEMP /Save pointer + LDX 1,1 /Set up XRL + FLDA% TEMP,1 /Get address of argument list + FSTA TEMP /Save it + STARTE /A double precision routine + FLDA% TEMP /Get variable + FSTA TEMP /Save variable + + 5-4 + + + + . + . + . /Calculate result + . + . + . + FLDA ANSWER /Load answer + JA DTNRTN /Exit + + The following conventions must be observed to return to the calling + program at the correct location, to permit the error trace back + feature to function properly, and to preserve index registers and base + page integrity. + + Locations 0 and 30 of the called (user-coded) program are determined + by a statement in the form ORG 10*3+BPAGE which must be followed by a + two-word jump to the index register and base page assignment + instructions JA BPXR. In the above example, the code is: + + ORG 10*3+BPDATN + FNOP + JA DTANXR + + By saving the contents of location 30 of the calling program (FLDA + 10*3,FSTA RETURN) for the return exit, the called program executes + (when control is returned to it) a JA BPXR to its base page and index + register assignment statement. In the calling program this resets the + index registers and base page and then returns to execute the + instruction in the calling program. In the tangent example above, the + code is: + + FLDA 10*3 + FSTA DTNRTN + + which creates the instruction + + JA xxx + + at the tag DTNRTN, where xxx is the location in the calling routine + whose function corresponds to DTANXR in DTAN. + + When called, the routine must assign its own base page and index + registers (SETX XROWN, SETB BPOWN). If arguments are to be passed to + the called routine, a scheme such as illustrated above permits any + number of arguments to be passed from the calling program and saved on + the base page of the called program, in this case just two arguments. + + The corresponding code for the calling program (as created by the + compiler) is: + + + + + + + 5-5 + + + + EXTERN DTAN + JSR DTAN + JA .+4 /Jump past all arguments + JA A /Argument + . + . + . + FSTA Q /Save result in some variable + + The FORTRAN for such code is: + + Q = DTAN (A) + + The calling sequence is also discussed in Chapter 2. + + To permit the error trace back feature to function properly, a TEXT + statement followed by a six alphanumeric character name is required + immediately before the index register and base page assignment + statements. Thus, if the cotangent routine includes a JSR TAN and an + unacceptable argument is passed to the tangent function, the trace + back indicates the location of the problem by a sequence such as: + + DIV0 MAIN + ARGUMENT + 7777 SIN + 0000 TAN + 0000 COT + 0007 MAIN + + (Line numbers are not relevant in RALF modules such as TAN and SIN: + they are meaningful only in FORTRAN source programs.) + + A new library routine may call other new or existing library routines + as part of its function, as well as the error handling function of the + run-time system. To invoke the error message program, code such as + the following is required: + + EXTERN #ARGER + MERROR, TRAP4 #ARGER + + Then any condition encountered in the program that is an error should + jump to MERROR. For example, if an argument of <=0 is illegal, it + could be examined and handled as follows: + + FLDA% ARG2 + JLE MERROR /<0 error + FSTA NEXT / Save non-zero value + + In this case, the TRAP4 #ARGER at MERROR will produce the message BAD + ARG DTAN nnnn followed by traceback and program termination. If a new + library routine would like to use an existing library routine, a JSR + to that routine is required. The sequence for passing arguments is: + + + + 5-6 + + + + EXTERN ATAN2 + JSR ATAN2 + JA .+6 /Execute upon exit from + JA A /1st arg + JA B /2nd arg + FSTA ANSWER /Save answer + + The arguments must be referenced in the order expected by the called + routine and must agree in number and type. The following routines can + can be used in this manner: + + ROUTINE ARGUMENTS PASSED _______ ________________ + + AMOD Address of X then Y + SQRT Address of X + ALOG10 Address of X + EXP Address of X + SIN Address of X + COS Address of X + TAN Address of X + SIND Address of X + COSD Address of X + TAND Address of X + ASIN Address of X + ACOS Address of X + ATAN Address of X + ATAN2 Address of X then Y + SINH Address of X + COSH Address of X + TANH Address of X + DMOD Address of X then Y + DSIGN Address of X then Y + DSIN Address of X + DLOG Address of X + DSQRT Address of X + DCOS Address of X + DLOG10 Address of X + DATAN2 Address of X then Y + DATAN Address of X + DEXP Address of X + CMPLX Address of X + CSIN Address of X + CCOS Address of X + REAL Address of X + AIMAG Address of X + CONJG Address of X + CEXP Address of X + CLOG Address of X + CABS Address of X + CSQRT Address of X + + For real and double precision routines, the result is returned via the + FAC (3 or 6 words, respectively). For complex routines, the result is + returned in #CAC (6 words). + + 5-7 + + + + The TAN function from FORLIB is included here as an example of the + requirements just discussed. The TAN function calls two external + functions, has the standard calling sequence, and contains an error + condition exit. + + / T A N + / - - - + / + /SUBROUTINE TAN(X) + SECT TAN /SECTION NAME + JA #TAN /JUMP AROUND BASE PAGE + + EXTERN #ARGER + TANER, TRAP4 #ARGER /EXIT TO ERROR MESSAGE HANDLER + TEXT +TAN + /FOR ERROR TRACE BACK + TANXR, SETX XRTAN /START OF FORMAL CALLING SEQUENCE + SETB BPTAN + BTAN, FNOP /START OF BASE PAGE + 0 + 0 + XRTAN, F 0.0 /INDEX REGISTERS + TAN1, F 0.0 /LOCATIONS 21-42 OCTAL AVAILABLE + /FOR USER STORAGE + TAN2, F 0.0 + ORG 10*3+BPTAN /SET UP FOR A RETURN + /TO THIS ROUTINE + FNOP + JA TANXR /JUMP TO XR + RP ASSIGNMENT + 0 + TANRTN, JA . + BASE 0 + #TAN, STARTD + FLDA 10*3 /SAVE RETURN JUMP + FSTA TANRTN + FLDA 0 /GET NEXT LOCATION + /IN CALLING PROGRAM + SETX XRTAN /SET UP FOR TAN'S INDEX REGS + SETB BPTAN /SET UP FOR TAN'S BP + BASE BPTAN + LDX 1,1 + FSTA BPTAN + FLDA% BPTAN,1 /GET ADDRESS OF X + FSTA BPTAN + STARTF + FLDA% BPTAN /GET X + JEQ TANRTN /IF 0 RETURN NOW + FSTA TAN1 /SAVE FOR A SECOND + EXTERN COS + JSR COS /TAKE COS(X) + JA .+4 /JUMP AROUND ARGUMENT LIST + JA TAN1 /REFERENCE TO PASSED ARGUMENT + JEQ TANER /COS=0. A NO-NO + FSTA TAN2 /SAVE IT + EXTERN SIN + + 5-8 + + + + JSR SIN /NOW TAKE SIN(X) + JA .+4 /JUMP AROUND ARGUMENT LIST + JA TAN1 /REFERENCE TO ARGUMENT + FDIV TAN2 /DIV BY COS(X) + JA TANRTN /EXIT + + The library routine ONQI illustrates many of the same conventions. + This listing may also prove valuable as a guide to interfacing with + the run-time system. + + FIELD1 ONQI /ROUTINE TO ADD A + /HANDLER TO INTERRUPT SKIP CHAIN + /PUT THIS CODE IN FIELD 1 + 0 + JMP SETINT /SET UP INT INITIALLY + ISZ ONQI /BUMP ARGUMENT POINTER + ISZ INTQ+1 /BUMP INTERRUPT Q POINTER + DCA% INTQ+1 /STICK IOT ONTO INT Q + TAD XSKP /FOLLOWED BY A SKIP + ISZ INTQ+1 + DCA% INTQ+1 /ONTO INT Q + ISZ ONQI /SKIP FIRST WORD OF ADDR + ISZ INTQ+1 + ONQISW, TAD% ONQI /GET INT HANDLER ADDRESS + ISZ ONQI + DCA% INTADR+1 /ONTO ADDRESS STACK + TAD INTADR+1 /NOW MAKE JMS% + AND L177 + TAD L4600 + DCA% INTQ+1 /ONTO INT Q + ISZ INTADR+1 + ISZ IQSIZE /ROOM FOR MORE? + JMP% ONQI /YES + TAD .-1 /NO, CLOSE OUT THE SUBR + DCA ONQI+1 + JMP% ONQI + SETINT, TAD ONQISW /DO THIS PART ONLY ONCE + DCA ONQI+1 + CDF + TAD XSKP /FIX UP #INT + DCA% XINT+1 /PUT SKIP INST. FIRST + ISZ XINT+1 + TAD INTQ+1 + DCA% XINT+1 /GET ADDR. OF USER'S ROUTINE + ISZ XINT+1 /ADD TO INTERRUPT CALL + TAD CIFCDF /GET FIELD INSTRUCTION + /FIELD1 SECTION INSURES ITS IN FIELD 1 + DCA% XINT+1 + CIFCDF, CDF CIF 10 + JMP ONQI+1 /BACK TO ONQI + EXTERN #INT + XINT, ADDR #INT /POINTS TO INT RTN IN COMMON + INTQ, ADDR IHANDL /MUST USE 15 BIT ADDRESS + + + 5-9 + + + + INTADR, ADDR IHADRS / " + + IQSIZE, -5 + XSKP, SKP + L177, 177 + L4600, 4600 + CDF CIF + JMP% IHANDL + IHANDL, 0 + REPEAT 16 + JMP IHANDL-2 + IHADRS, 0;0;0;0;0 /CAN SET UP 1-5 DEVICES + + + ENTRY ONQB /USE "ENTRY" TO PERMIT + /ACCESS FROM OUTSIDE OF SECTION + /ROUTINE TO SET UP AN IDLE JOB + ONQB, 0 + JMP SETBAK /SETUP #IDLE + TAD% ONQB /GET ADDRESS OF IDLE JOB + ONQBSW, ISZ ONQB + DCA% BAKADR+1 /STORE ONTO BACKGROUND JOB Q + TAD BAKADR+1 /MAKE A JMS% + ISZ BAKADR+1 + AND L177 + TAD L4600 + ISZ BAKQ+1 + DCA% BAKQ+1 + ISZ BQSIZE /MORE ROOM? + JMP% ONQB /YES + TAD .-1 /NO, CLOSE THE DOOR + DCA ONQB+1 + JMP% ONQB + SETBAK, TAD ONQBSW /CLOSE OFF #IDLE INITIALIZATION + DCA ONQB+1 + CDF + TAD XSKP /FIX UP #IDLE + DCA% XIDLE+1 /ADD SKIP TO IDLE CALL + TAD BAKQ+1 /GET ADDRESS OF ROUTINE + ISZ XIDLE+1 + DCA% XIDLE+1 + ISZ XIDLE+1 + TAD CIFCDF /GET FIELD INSTR. + DCA% XIDLE+1 + CIF CDF 10 + JMP ONQB+1 + EXTERN #IDLE /EXTERNAL REFERENCE + XIDLE, ADDR #IDLE + + BAKQ, ADDR BAKRND + + BAKADR, ADDR BHADRS + + + + 5-10 + + + + BQSIZE, -5 + CDF CIF + JMP# BAKRND + BAKRND, 0 + REPEAT 6 + JMP BAKRND-2 + BHADRS, 0;0;0;0;0 /1-5 JOBS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 5-11 + + + + APPENDIX A + + RALF Assembler Permanent Symbol Table + + + + Mnemonic Code Mnemonic Code ________ ____ ________ ____ + + FPP Memory Reference Instructions FPP Special Format Instructions + + FADD 1000 ADDX 0110 + FADDM 5000 ALN 0010 + FDIV 3000 ATX 0020 + FLDA 0000 FCLA 0002 + FMUL 4000 FEXIT 0 + FMULM 7000 FNEG 0003 + FSTA 6000 FNOP 0040 + FSUB 2000 FNORM 0004 + FPAUSE 0001 + IOT'S JA 1030 + JAC 0007 + FPINT 6551 JAL 1070 + FPICL 6552 JEQ 1000 + FPCOM 6553 JGE 1010 + FPHLT 6554 JGT 1060 + FPST 6555 JLE 1020 + FPRST 6556 JLT 1050 + FPIST 6557 JNE 1040 + JSA 1120 + 8-Mode Memory Reference Instructions JSR 1130 + JXN 2000 + AND 0000 SETB 1110 + TAD 1000 SETX 1100 + ISZ 2000 STARTD 0006 + DCA 3000 STARTE 0050 + JMS 4000 STARTF 0005 + JMP 5000 TRAP3 3000 + IOT 6000 TRAP4 4000 + OPR 7000 TRAP5 5000 + TRAP6 6000 + TRAP7 7000 + XTA 0030 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A-1 + + + + Mnemonic ________ + + Pseudo-Operators + + ADDR + BASE + COMMON + COMMZ + DECIMAL + DPCHK + E + END + ENTRY + EXTERN + F + FIELD1 + IFNDEF + IFNEG + IFNZRO + IFPOS + IFREF + IFZERO + INDEX + LISTOFF + LISTON + OCTAL + ORG + REPEAT + SECT + SECT8 + TEXT + ZBLOCK + IFFLAP + IFRALF + IFSW + IFNSW + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A-2 + + + + + APPENDIX B + + ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS for OS/8 + + + The following sequence of commands may be used to assemble the OS/8 + FORTRAN IV system programs. It is assumed that all PAL language + sources reside on DSK. In this example, DTA1 is shown as the target + device, however any other device could be used via the appropriate + ASSIGN command. Note that PASS2O.SV is produced by conditional + assembly of PASS2.PA and that the "O" in PASS2O is an oh, not a zero. + The initial dot and asterisk characters on every command line shown + are printed by the monitor. All other characters (except carriage + return, in some cases) are typed by the user. Type CTRL/Z after each + of the three system pauses at point (1), to continue assembly of + PASS2O. Type ALT MODE to produce the "$" character. + + .ASSIGN DTA1 DEV + .R PAL8 + *F4.BN,LIST.LS + +/***** + +VCLDX, 0 / INTENSIFY LAST POINT AND LOAD NEW X VALUE + JMS VDIV6 / DIVIDE BY SIX + DISD / DISPLAY READY? + JMP .-1 / WAIT. + DIXY / INTENSIFY + DILX / LOAD NEW X VALUE + JMP I VCLDX / RETURN + +VCLDY, 0 + JMS VDIV / DIVIDE BY FOUR + DILY / LOAD NEW Y VALUE + JMP I VCLDY + +P1777, 1777 + + +/**************************************************************** + + + *7000 + +/GENERAL PURPOSE SYMBOL GENERATOR +/ +CHARS, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT CHARACTER STRING + DCA ADDR /STORE STRING ADDRESS + TAD I ADDR /FETCH DOUBLE CHARACTER + RTR /SHIFT + RTR / FOR FIRST + RTR / CHARACTER + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + SKP /NORMAL RETURN -- SKIP + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT + TAD I ADDR /RECALL DOUBLE CHARACTER + ISZ ADDR /ADVANCE STRING ADDRESS + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + JMP CHARS+2 /NORMAL RETURN -- REPEAT + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT +/ +CHAR, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT SINGLE CHARACTER + AND K77 /MASK OUT UPPER BITS + CLL RAL /MULTIPLY CODE BY TWO + TAD TABLE /ADD TABLE BASE ADDRESS + DCA POINT /CONSTRUCT POINTER TO 24-BIT CODE + CMA /INITIALIZE COUNTER FOR + DCA COUNT2 / TWO PLOT WORDS + TAD I POINT /FETCH FIRST PLOT WORD + ISZ POINT /INCREMENT POINTER FOR NEXT ONE + SNA /SKIP IF NOT SPECIAL CHARACTER + JMP SPCHAR /ELSE GO PROCESS IT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE CURRENT PLOT BITS +XPLOT, TAD KM6 /INITIALIZE 6-BIT + DCA COUNT6 / COUNTER + TAD YVALUE /RESET Y TEMPORARY + DCA YTEMP / VALUE FOR CHARACTER + TAD XVALUE /OUTPUT CURRENT + DILX /X-VALUE TO CRT + TAD XINCR /INCREMENT + DCA XVALUE / ABSCISSA +YPLOT, TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + CLL RAL /GET NEXT BIT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE REMAINING PLOT BITS + SNL /SKIP IF POINT TO PLOT + JMP CNTINU /ELSE JUMP AHEAD + TAD YTEMP /OUTPUT CURRENT + DILY /Y-VALUE TO CRT + DISD / READY TO DISPLAY THE POINT? + JMP .-1 / NO, WE'LL WAIT. + DIXY / SHOOT THE BEAM! + + CLA CLL /CLEAR AC + TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + SNA CLA /SKIP IF POINTS REMAINING + JMP WRDEND /ELSE WORD IS FINISHED +CNTINU, TAD YTEMP /INCREMENT TEMPORARY + TAD YINCR / Y-VALUE FOR NEXT + DCA YTEMP / CHARACTER STEP + ISZ COUNT6 /SKIP IF 6 BITS PLOTTED + JMP YPLOT /ELSE PLOT NEXT ONE + JMP XPLOT /GO UPDATE X-VALUE +WRDEND, ISZ COUNT2 /SKIP IF ANOTHER BIT WORD + JMP EXIT /ELSE EXIT + TAD I POINT /FETCH SECOND BIT WORD + SZA /SKIP IF NO PLOT POINTS + JMP XPLOT-1 /ELSE GO PLOT THEM +EXIT, TAD XVALUE /INCREMENT ABSCISSA + TAD XINCR / FOR SPACE BETWEEN + DCA XVALUE / SYMBOLS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +/ +SPCHAR, TAD I POINT /FETCH TRANSFER VECTOR + DCA POINT /STORE AS INDIRECT ADDRESS + + JMP I POINT /GO TO APPROPRIATE ROUTINE +SPACE, TAD XINCR /FETCH BASIC ABSCISSA INCREMENT + CLL RTL /MULTIPLY BY FOUR AND + JMP EXIT / GO CREATE SPACE +CRLF, TAD INITX /"CARRIAGE RETURN" RESETS X + DCA XVALUE / TO ITS ORIGINAL VALUE +LF, TAD YINCR /"LINE FEED" + CLL RTL / DECREMENTS THE + CLL CIA RAL / Y-VALUE BY + TAD YVALUE / EIGHT SCALE + DCA YVALUE / STEPS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +RESET, TAD INITX /"RESET" RESETS + DCA XVALUE / X AND Y TO + TAD INITY / THEIR ORIGINAL + JMP RESET-2 / VALUES +TERM, ISZ CHAR /TERMINATE CODE CAUSES + JMP I CHAR / EXIT TO P+2 +/ +INITX, 0 /INITIAL X-VALUE +INITY, 327 /INITIAL Y-VALUE +XVALUE, 0 /CURRENT X-VALUE +YVALUE, 0 /CURRENT Y-VALUE +XINCR, 6 /BASIC X INCREMENT VALUE +YINCR, 10 /BASIC Y INCREMENT VALUE +YTEMP, 0 /TEMPORARY Y-VALUE +CURPLT, 0 /CURRENT PLOT BITS +ADDR, 0 /CURRENT STRING ADDRESS +COUNT6, 0 /6-BIT COUNTER +COUNT2, 0 /2-WORD COUNTER +KM6, -6 /CONSTANT FOR COUNT6 +K77, 77 /CHARACTER CODE MASK +POINT, 0 /TABLE POINTER +/ + + +/ +TABLE, .+1 /TABLE BASE ADDRESS + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (00) + TERM /TERMINATION CODE + 7611 / A + 1176 + 7745 / B + 4532 + 3641 / C + 4122 + 7741 / D + 4136 + 7745 / E + 4541 + 7705 / F + 501 + 7741 / G + 5173 + 7710 / H + 1077 + 4177 / I + 4100 + 2040 / J + 4037 + 7714 / K + 2241 + 7740 / L + 4040 + 7702 / M + 277 + 7706 / N + 3077 + 7741 / O + 4177 + 7705 / P + 502 + 3641 / Q + 6176 + 7715 / R + 2542 + 2245 / S + 5122 + 177 / T + 100 + 3740 / U + 4037 + 1720 / V + 4037 + 7730 / W + 3077 + 4136 / X + 3641 + 374 / Y + 7403 + 6151 / Z + 4543 + 7741 / [ + 0 + 204 / \ + 1020 + 4177 / ] + 0 + 436 / ^ + 400 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (37) + RESET /RESET + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (40) + SPACE /SPACE + 5600 / ! + 0 + 303 / " + 0 + 1477 / # + 7714 + 2277 / MARKER + 2200 + 2313 / % + 6462 + 7777 / BLOCK + 7777 + 300 / ' + 0 + 3641 / ( + 0 + 4136 / ) + 0 + 4040 / UNDERSCORE (52) + 4040 + 1034 / + + 1000 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (54) + LF /LINE FEED + 1010 / - + 1000 + 4000 / . + 0 + 2010 / / + 402 + 3641 / 0 + 4136 + 4442 / 1 + 7740 + 4261 / 2 + 5146 + 2145 / 3 + 5321 + 1710 / 4 + 1077 + 4745 / 5 + 4531 + 7750 / 6 + 5070 + 6111 / 7 + 503 + 2255 / 8 + 5522 + 705 / 9 + 577 + 2400 / : + 0 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (73) + CRLF /CARRIAGE RETURN; LINE FEED + 1024 / > + 4200 + 1212 / = + 1200 + 4224 / < + 1000 + 255 / ? + 300 + + + +/ +/ HERE FOLLOW THE PACKED ASCII TEXTS FOR THE VARIOUS +/ VICTORY MESSAGES. PERSONS ADVENTEROUS TO FIND THIS MIGH CARE +/ TO TOGGLE IN SOME CUTE LITTLE MESSAGES OF THEIR OWN. +/ + +MESS0, 3773 +MESS5, 7340 + 4040 + 4040 + 4000 + +MESS1, 1716 + 0500 + +MESS2, 2427 + 1700 + +MESS3, 2711 + 1623 + 4100 + +MESS4, 1617 + 0217 + 0431 + 0000 + + *7400 + +DISBUF, 0 + +/ THE DISPLAY BUFFERS BEGIN HERE AND EXTEND UP SOMEWHERE TO +/ AROUND 7575 OR SO. +/ +/ +/ +/ +/ + + + + + $ + +//////////////////////////// +/ +/ THIS IS THE END +/ +/////////////////////////// + + + + + + diff --git a/sw/spacewar/hachti-joystick/pdp8.ini b/sw/spacewar/hachti-joystick/pdp8.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ec6aea --- /dev/null +++ b/sw/spacewar/hachti-joystick/pdp8.ini @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +! palbart -l test.pal +load test.bin +run 200 +e ac diff --git a/sw/spacewar/hachti/SPACE.PA b/sw/spacewar/hachti/SPACE.PA new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f93b227 --- /dev/null +++ b/sw/spacewar/hachti/SPACE.PA @@ -0,0 +1,2437 @@ +/ SPACE WAR +/ +/ INTERPLANETARY DEATH AND DESTRUCTION ON YOUR +/ LAB-8/E +/ +/ HACHTI VARIANT FOR LAB-8/E +/ +/ EVAN SUITS +/ +/ THIS VERSION WORKS OFF EITHER THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR OR THE +/ SR. WHEN THE PROGRAM IS STARTED (AT 0200) OR RESTARTED THE +/ SR WILL BE TESTED AND IF =0000 WILL BE USED FOR THE COMMAND +/ INPUT. OTHERWISE, THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR (AX08 * C0-C7 * +/ XR OPTION ONLY) CONTINGENCY INPUTS WILL BE USED. +/ +/ WHEN THE PROGRAM IS STARTED THE TWO SHIPS SHOULD +/ APPEAR ON THE SCREEN WITH SHIP 'ONE' ON THE LEFT, SHIP +/ 'TWO' ON THE RIGHT. +/ +/ THE COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS ARE: +/ +/ SR BIT: C: FUNCTION: +/ +/ 0 0 SHIP ONE ROTATES LEFT +/ +/ 1 1 SHIP ONE ROTATES RIGHT +/ +/ 2 2 SHIP ONE ACCELERATES +/ +/ 3 3 SHIP ONE FIRES +/ +/ +/ +/ 8 4 SHIP TWO ROTATES LEFT +/ +/ 9 5 SHIP TWO ROTATES RIGHT +/ +/ 10 6 SHIP TWO ACCELERATES +/ +/ 11 7 SHIP TWO FIRES +/ +/ +/ +/ NOTE THAT TURNING RIGHT AND LEFT SIMULTANEOUSLY THROWS +/ THE SHIP INTO HYPERSPACE. IN THE CURRENT VERSION THE ODDS +/ ARE IN FAVOR OF YOUR MAKING IT BACK SAFELY. THE GAME IS OVER +/ WHEN ONE OR BOTH OF THE SHIPS HAVE BEEN DESTROYED AND THE +/ WINNER (IF ANY) IS IN NORMAL SPACE. WHEN THE WINNER +/ HAS BEEN ANNOUNCED, HIT ANY TTY KEY TO RESTART. +/ + + +/**************************************************************** + +/*************************** +/ CLOCK OPERATIONS + +CLZE=6130 / CLEAR CLOCK ENABLE REGISTER PER AC +CLSK=6131 / SKIP ON CLOCK FLAG +CLOE=6132 / SET CLOCK ENABLE REGISTER PER AC +CLAB=6133 / AC REGISTER TO CLOCK COUNTER REGISTER +CLEN=6134 / CLOCK ENABLE REGISTER TO AC +CLSA=6135 / STATUS TO AC +CLBA=6136 / CLOCK BUFFER REGISTER TO AC +CLCA=6137 / CLOCK COUNTER REGISTER TO AC + +/ BITS IN CLOCK ENABLE REGISTER +CREXT=0100 / EXTERNAL SOURCE +CR2=0200 / 10**2 per second +CR3=0300 / 10**3 per second +CR4=0400 / 10**4 per second +CR5=0500 / 10**5 per second +CR6=0600 / 10**6 per second + +COVSTAT=4000 +CMFREE=0000 / 4096 FIXED FREE RUN +CMPROG=1000 / PROGRAMMED DELAY + +CADC=0040 / START ADC ON OVERFLOW +CINH=0020 / INHIBIT CLOCK +CION=0010 / INTERRUPT ENABLE + +CEV3=0004 / EVENT 3 ENABLED +CEV2=0002 / EVENT 2 ENABLED +CEV1=00001 / EVENT 1 ENABLED + +/ VC8-E OPCODES +DIXY=6055 / INTENSIFY +DILX=6053 / LOAD X +DILY=6054 / LOAD Y +DILE=6056 / LOAD ENABLES FROM A +DISD=6052 / TEST FOR READY + +/**************************************************************** +/ SYMBOL DEFINITIONS FOR PAL8-PAL10 + +XRIN=NOP / DIGITAL INPUT? +XRCL=NOP + +/DSB=XXXX / SET BRIGHTNESS - MUST BE COMMENTED OUT!!! + +DXC=JMS I IVCLDX / X VALUE CONTROL? +DYC=JMS I IVCLDY / Y VALUE CONTROL? + +DXL=0000 / X VALUE LOAD FLAG? +DYL=0000 / Y VALUE LOAD FLAG? +DIS=0000 / ANOTHER STRANGE FLAG + +/CRF=NOP / WHICH FLAG??? +/CCF=NOP / ?? + + +/**************************************************************** +/ +/ THIS PROGRAM RELIES ON THE PROGRAM INTERUPT FACILITY FOR +/ REAL WORLD TIMING PURPOSES. +/ + + *0 + + 0 /EFFECTIVE JMS 0 ON PROGRAM INTERUPT + JMP I 2 /EXIT IMMEDIATLY TO SERVICE ROUTINE + INTSER + +EMPTY, 0 /THESE LOCATIONS ARE RESERVED FOR +ODT1, 0 /DEBUGGERS, ETC. +ODT2, 0 +ODT3, 0 + +/ +/ ALL THE AUTO INDEX REGISTERS ARE NAMED BUT NOT ALL OF +/ THEM ARE USED. THE STATUS OF ANY GIVEN REGISTER CANNOT +/ BE DETERMINED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT BY CAREFUL INSPECTION OF +/ THE CODE. +/ + + *10 + +AUTO10, 0 +AUTO11, 0 +AUTO12, 0 +AUTO13, 0 +AUTO14, 0 +AUTO15, 0 +AUTO16, 0 +AUTO17, 0 + +/ +/ THE FOLLOWING ARE THE DATA FILES FOR THE TWO SPACE SHIPS +/ AS WELL AS CERTAIN OTHER PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATING POSITIONS +/ AND SO ON. THE ORDER OF THE LOCATIONS MUST BE PRESERVED +/ ALTHOUGH THE SIZE OF THE TABLES MAY BE VARIED +/ + + *20 + +ONEOUT, 0 /IF NON-ZERO CONTAINS REAMINING TIME OF EXPLOSION +ONECNT, 0 /NUMBER OF POINTS IN FIGURE TO BE DISPLAYED +ONEFLG, 0 /IN OR OUT OF NORMAL SPACE +ONETHE, 0 /ANGLE OF ORIENTATION ON SCREEN +ONEVEX, 0 /X COMPONENT OF VELOCITY +ONEVEY, 0 /Y COMPONENT OF VELOCITY +ONEPEX, 0 /X POSITION (12 BITS) +ONEPEY, 0 /Y POSITION (12 BITS) +ONESIN, 0 /SINE OF ANGLE +ONECOS, 0 /COSINE OF ANGLE +ONEFIN, 0 /SET WHEN EXPLOSION DIES OUT + +TWOOUT, 0 /SAME CONTENT AND ORDER +TWOCNT, 0 /AS ABOVE +TWOFLG, 0 +TWOTHE, 0 +TWOVEX, 0 +TWOVEY, 0 +TWOPEX, 0 +TWOPEY, 0 +TWOSIN, 0 +TWOCOS, 0 +TWOFIN, 0 + + +/ +/ THESE LOCATIONS ARE USED BY THE "VECTOR GENERATOR" IN +/ DISPLAYING THE FIGURES. A FOUR DOT VECTOR WILL BE DRAWN +/ FROM XONE,YONE TO XTWO,YTWO WITH STEPS OF SIZE DIXTEM,DIYTEM +/ + +XONEDS, 0 +YONEDS, 0 +XTWODS, 0 +YTWODS, 0 +DIXTEM, 0 +DIYTEM, 0 +DISCNT, 0 + + +/ +/ THE NEXT LOCATIONS ARE USED BY CALPOS TO DO A FAST +/ MULTIPLY TO HELP CALCULATE THE DISPLAY FILES. +/ +T10SIN, 0 +T20SIN, 0 +T30SIN, 0 +T10COS, 0 +T20COS, 0 +T30COS, 0 + +CALSIN, 0 +CALCOS, 0 + +/ +/ NOW COME THE VARIOUS ODDS AND ENDS ONE USUALLY FINDS ON +/ PAGE ZERO +/ + +SINE, SINEIN +COSINE, COSINI +MULT, MULTI +RSHIFT, SHIFTR +VECTOR, DISPLY +CALPOS, POSCAL +INTWRD, 0 +INTCNT, 0 +/CLOCK, 0 +HYPER, HYPSET +MESOUT, CHARS +THEADJ, THEAJI +VEESCL, VEELIM +ISHFT, DISHFT +RESET1, RESE1 +GAMOVR, 0 +ACCFLG, 0 +ACCPER, -30 +MEXP, -400 + +PROX, 0 +PROY, 0 +PROLIF, -360 +BUFTMP, 0 +ONEFIL, DISBUF +TWOFIL, DISBUF+40 + +P5, 5 +P10, 10 +P17, 17 +P20, 20 +P37, 37 +P40, 40 +P100, 100 +P132, 132 +P200, 200 +P400, 400 +P550, 550 +P3777, 3777 + +M4, -4 +M6, -6 +M10, -10 +M11, -11 +M264, -264 +M200, -200 +M400, -400 +M550, -550 + +IVCLDX, VCLDX +IVCLDY, VCLDY + +/ +/ THE PROGRAM MAY BE STARTED OR RESTARTED AT ANYTIME AT 0200. +/ THE DATA FILE ON PAGE ZERO IS CLEARED, ALL FLAGS INITIALIZED, +/ AND THE SR EXAMINED. IF THE SR=0 THE DISPLAY UPDATE ROUTINES +/ ARE SET TO PICK UP THE STATUS WORD FROM THE SR. IF THE SR +/ DOES NOT EQUAL ZERO, THE STATUS WORD IS READ FROM THE EIGHT +/ CONTINGENCY INPUTS ON THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR OF THE AX08 +/ (XR OPTION ONLY). JUMP IS THEN TO THE DISPLAY +/ FILE UPDATE TO START OFF THE GAME. +/ + +CDI=6201 + + *200 + + CDI 0 / SET FIELD0 + +START, CAF /START OR RESTART HERE ANY OLD TIME + + DIXY /TO GET THE VC8-E STARTED ONCE + LAS /SR +/TMP SNA CLA + TAD SWRD /USE THE SR + TAD XROPT /USE THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR + DCA COLDST /AND LEAVE IN THE TRAP LOCATION + +RESTRT, CLA CMA + XRCL + CLA CLL + + TAD P17 /FIRST CLEAR THE POSITION AND DATA + DCA AUTO10 /TABLES OF THE TWO SHIPS + TAD TABLEN + DCA AUTO11 + DCA I AUTO10 + ISZ AUTO11 + JMP .-2 + + TAD STRT1 /SET THE STARTING POSITIONS OF THE + DCA ONEPEX /TWO SHIPS + TAD STRT2 + DCA TWOPEX + TAD P37 /SET TRIG FUNCTIONS JUST IN CASE + DCA ONECOS + TAD P37 + DCA TWOCOS /ZERO DEGREES IS POINTING STRAIGHT UP + TAD ACCPER /SET COUNT FOR VELOCITY INCREASE + DCA ACCFLG + DCA ONEFIN /CLEAR ALL GAME END FLAGS + DCA TWOFIN + DCA GAMOVR + JMS I BUFSET /RESET ALL PROJECTILE DISPLAY BUFFERS + + + TCF /CLEAR OTHER REMAINING LIKELY FLAGS + PCF +/ RRB + + 6405 / CLEAR INTERRUPT ENABLE OF KERMIT'S SER PORT :-( + + CLA CMA / ALL ONES + CLZE / CLEAR CLOCK CONFIG REGISTER + CLA + TAD CDELY / LOAD NEG DELAY + CLAB / LOAD TO CLOCK BUFFER + CLA + TAD CCNF / LOAD CLOCK CONFIG + CLOE / SET CONFIG BITS + + CLA CLL + JMP COLDST /AND GO TO IT + +CCNF, CR4+CMPROG+CION+COVSTAT / CLOCK CONFIGURATION +CDELY, -310 / COUNTER PRESET (200) + +/ +/ UPDATE IS REACHED WHENEVER THE PROGRAM IS STARTED OR THE +/ CLOCK COUNT OVERFLOWS INDICATING TIME TO RECALCULATE THE +/ THE DISPLAY FILES AND REFRESH THE DISPLAY. THE INTERUPT +/ COUNT IS RESTORED, THE STATUS WORD IS PICKED UP FROM EITHER +/ THE SR OR BRC, AND THE RECALCULATION PROCESS BEGUN. +/ + +UPDATE, CLA CLL /HERE ON CLOCK COUNT OVERFLOW. + /START NEXT SWEEP +COLDST, 0 /TRAP TO READ SR OR BRC + LAS /HERE FOR SR + DCA INTWRD /STORE TEMPORARILY + TAD INTWRD /MASK OUT LEFTMOST 4 BITS + RTR /FOR NUMBER ONE + RTR + AND LFTHAF + DCA INTTEM /AND STORE + TAD INTWRD /MASK OUT RIGHTMOST BITS FOR NUMBER TWO + AND RYTHAF + TAD INTTEM /ADD TOGETHER + JMP .+3 /AND CONTINUE + +CODST, XRIN /HERE FOR BRC - PICK UP AND CLEAR + XRCL + DCA INTWRD /CONTINUE + TAD M550 /RESTORE INTERUPT COUNT BEFORE NEXT + DCA INTCNT /UPDATE + ION /GET READY FOR THE NEXT CYCLE + TAD ACCFLG /ALLOW VELOCITY INCREASE THIS TIME? + IAC /ONLY WHEN ACCFLG=0 + SMA SZA + TAD ACCPER /IF ZERO, RESET COUNT + DCA ACCFLG + + JMP I .+1 /NOW GET DOWN TO WORK. + ONEUP + +BUFSET, SETBUF +TABLEN, AUTO17-CALCOS +INTTEM, 0 +LFTHAF, 0360 +RYTHAF, 0017 +STRT1, 1000 +STRT2, -1000 +SWRD, 2000-CODST +XROPT, JMP CODST + + + +/ +/ THIS IS THE INTERUPT SERVICE ROUTINE. MOST OF THE +/ INTERUPTS WILL BE FROM THE CRYSTAL CLOCK WHICH WILL BE +/ COUNTED AND UNLESS THE COUNT OVERFLOWS THE INTERUPT IS +/ DISMISSED IMMEDIATLY. IF THE COUNT OVER FLOWS, JMP IS TO +/ UPDATE WITH IOF. +/ +/ SPECIAL CASE IS KEYBOARD INTERUPT WHEN THE GAMOVR FLAG IS +/ SET IN WHICH CASE THE GAME IS RESTARTED. +/ +/ UNEXPECTED INTERUPTS ARE COUNTED AND AFTER ENOUGH OF THEM +/ HAPPEN THE PROGRAM HALTS. IF THIS HAPPENS RELOAD OR FIND THE +/ STRANGE FLAG +/ + +INTSER, DCA INTACC /HERE RIGHT AFTER INTERUPT - STORE + RAR /AC AND LINK + DCA INTLNK /FOR POSSIBLE CONTINUATION + + CLSK /WAS IT THE CRYSTAL CLOCK? + JMP INTBUS /NO TRY SOMETHING ELSE + + CLA IAC RTR /LOAD 4000 + CLSA /GET CLOCKSTATUS AND RESET FLAG + CLA CLL + JMP UPDATE /YES, GO TO IT + +INTBUS, /HERE ON NON-CLOCK INTERUPT + + KSF + JMP NOKEY /NOT THE KEYBOARD, THAT'S BAD! + +KBDIN, KCC /CLEAR KEYBOARD FLAG + + KRB / RESET FLAG, CLEAR AC, READ DATA + AND KPAR / MASK OUT PARITY + TAD NCTRLC / ADD -3 (CTRL-C) + SNA CLA + JMP I KBOOT / REBOOT! + + TAD GAMOVR /IS THE GAMEOVER + SZA CLA + JMP RESTRT /YES, RESTART + + KRB + AND KPAR + TAD NCTRLD + SNA CLA + JMP RESTRT + + JMP INTRET + +NOKEY, / STILL NOT FOUND INTERRUPT SOURCE :-( + TSF / SKIP IF PRINTER FLAG SET + JMP BADDIE / NOT THE PRINTER, NO NEW IDEAS - BAD + TCF / CLEAR THAT FLAG + JMP INTRET / AND GO HOME + +KBOOT, 7600 +KPAR, 177 / ANTI-PARITY MASK +NCTRLC, 7775 / -3 (CTRL-C) +NCTRLD, 7774 / -3 (CTRL-D) + + +BADDIE, ISZ INTGLH /COUNT ONE BADDIE + SKP + HLT /HALT IF TOO MANY BADDIES + +INTRET, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISMISS THE INTERUPT + + PCF +/ RRB + + TAD INTLNK + RAL + TAD INTACC + ION + JMP I 0 + +INTACC, 0 +INTLNK, 0 +INTGLH, 0 + + + +/ +/ NOW BEGINS THE GREAT UPDATE PROCEEDURE, FIRST FOR SHIP +/ NUMBER ONE (THE DELTA SHAPED SHIP WHICH APPEARS ON +/ THE LEFT AT THE START OF THE GAME). IF ALIVE THE STATUS +/ WORD (INTWRD) IS TESTED FOR REQUESTS FOR LEFT TURN, +/ RIGHT TURN, THRUST ON, AND LAUNCH PROJECTILE. THESE ACTIONS +/ MAY OR MAY NOT BE ACTED UPON DEPENDING ON COUNTS AND FLAGS. +/ WHEN THIS IS COMPLETE THE SAME OPERATION IS PERFORMED FOR +/ NUMBER TWO. +/ + + *400 + +ONEUP, TAD ONEFLG /FIRST SEE IF IT'S IN NORMAL SPACE + SNA + JMP ONEOK /YES IT IS + IAC /NO, BUT IS IT JUST COMING OUT? + SNA + TAD ONEFIN /YES, THROW BACK IN IF ALREADY DESTROYED + DCA ONEFLG /OTHERWISE JUST COUNT ONE + JMP I ITWOUP /AND GO TO FIX UP NUMBER TWO + +ONEOK, TAD ONEOUT /IN NORMAL SPACE - IS IT EXPLODING? + SZA CLA + JMP ONEFIG /IF YES, ALLOW NO CONTROLS + TAD TWOFIN /HAS THE ENEMY BEEN VANQUISHED? + SZA CLA + JMS I ONEWN /YES, SIGNAL VICTORY + TAD INTWRD /NOW BEGIN TEST OF REQUEST + AND OP300 /LEFT AND RIGHT TURN TOGETHER MEAN HYPERSPACE! + TAD OM300 /TEST BITS 4 AND 5 + SZA CLA + JMP ONELEF /NOPE, CONTINUE + CMA /YES, CALL HYPER WITH AC=-1 FOR NUMBER ONE + JMP I HYPER +ONELEF, TAD INTWRD /REQUEST FOR LEFT TURN? + AND P200 /TEST BIT 4 + SNA CLA + JMP ONERYT /NO + CLA CLL CMA /YES DECREMENT ANGLE + JMP ONEFIG + +ONERYT, TAD INTWRD /HOW ABOUT RIGHT TURN + AND P100 /TEST BIT 5 + SZA CLA + IAC /YES, INCREMENT ANGLE + +ONEFIG, TAD ONETHE /PICK UP AND ADJUST ANGLE (MAYBE) + JMS I THEADJ /BRING BACK WITHIN LIMITS OF TRIG FUNCTIONS + DCA ONETHE /AND STORE + TAD ONETHE /FIND THEM TRIG FUNCTIONS + JMS I SINE /AND STORE ONCE AND FOR ALL + DCA ONESIN /IN THE APPROPRIATE PLACES + TAD ONETHE + JMS I COSINE + DCA ONECOS + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW THRUST IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP ONEVEL + + + + +ONEMOV, TAD ACCFLG /ALLOW ANY VELOCITY INCREASE THIS CYCLE? + SZA CLA + JMP ONEVEL /NOPE + TAD INTWRD /YES, ANY REQUESTED? + AND P40 /TEST BIT 6 + SNA CLA + JMP ONEVEL /NONE REQUESTED + TAD ONECOS /YES, ADD IN VELOCITY INCREMENT DEPENDING + TAD ONEVEY /ON ORIENTATION + JMS I VEESCL /BUT DO NOT ALLOW TO EXCEED MAXIMUM + DCA ONEVEY /AND STORE + TAD ONESIN /DO THE SAME FOR THE OTHER (X) COMPONENT + TAD ONEVEX + JMS I VEESCL + DCA ONEVEX + + + +ONEVEL, TAD ONEVEX /NOW UPDATE THE POSITION WITH THE + JMS I ISHFT /VELOCITY COMPONENTS DIVIDED BY 4 + JMS I ISHFT /THIS MAINTAINS MAXIMUM RESOLUTION + TAD ONEPEX + DCA ONEPEX /IGNORE ANY OVERFLOW + TAD ONEVEY /DO THE SAME FOR Y COORDINATE + JMS I ISHFT /AND VELOCITY COMPONENT + JMS I ISHFT + TAD ONEPEY + DCA ONEPEY + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW PROJECTILE LAUNCH IF + SZA CLA /EXPLODING + JMP I ITWOUP + + + + +ONELNC, TAD LNC1FG /OTHERWISE, SEE IF RELOAD IS FINISHED + SNA CLA + JMP .+3 + ISZ LNC1FG /NO, CONTINUE RELOADING + JMP I ITWOUP /AND EXIT + TAD INTWRD /YES, READY TO LAUNCH, TRIGGER BEEN PULLED? + AND P20 /TEST BIT7 + SNA CLA + JMP I ITWOUP /NO, WAIT FOR A BETTER SHOT + /.....I GUESS..... + TAD PROLIF /YES, SET CYCLE COUNT FOR THIS LAUNCH + DCA I AUTO16 /AUTO16 ALWAYS POINTS AT THE NEXT SLOT IN THE FILE + TAD ONEVEX /ADD SHIPS VELOCITY (SCALED OF COURSE) + JMS I ISHFT /TO ORIENTATION TO EXTABLISH X VELOCITY + JMS I RSHIFT /COMPONENT OF PROJECTILE + TAD ONESIN + JMS I RSHIFT /AND STICK IT IN THE FILE + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD ONESIN /MOVE THE LAUNCH POINT OUTSIDE THE + CLL RTL /SHIP OF ORIGIN + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO16 /AND STORE X POSITION + TAD ONEVEY /NOW DO THE SAME FOR THE Y VELOCITY AND + JMS I ISHFT /POSITION + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD ONECOS + JMS I RSHIFT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD ONECOS + CLL RTL + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD M200 /START RELOAD CYCLE + DCA LNC1FG + JMS I RESET1 /RESET AUTO16 TO NEXT HOLE + + JMP I .+1 /NOW TO FIX IT UP WITH NUMBER TWO +ITWOUP, TWOUP + +LNC1FG, 0 /PROJECTILE LAUNCH ENABLE + +OP300, 300 /HYPERSPACE REQUEST CODE BITS 4 AND 5 +OM300, -300 +ONEWN, ONEWIN /POINTER TO VICTORY MESSAGE + + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE UPDATE PROCEEDURE FOR SHIP NUMBER TWO. +/ OPERATION IS THE SAME AS FOR NUMBER ONE ABOVE. +/ + + *600 + +TWOUP, TAD TWOFLG /FIRST SEE IF IT'S IN NORMAL SPACE + SNA + JMP TWOOK /YES, CONTINUE + IAC /NO, BUMP COUNT AND TEST FOR REENTRY + SNA + TAD TWOFIN /IF RE-ENTERING THROW BACK OUT IF FINISHED + DCA TWOFLG /AND CONTINUE + JMP I IONEST + +TWOOK, TAD TWOOUT /HERE WHEN READY TO UPDATE IN NORMAL SPACE + SZA CLA /IS IT EXPLODING? + JMP TWOFIG /YES DO NOT ALLOW HYPERSPACE + TAD ONEFIN /DID WE JUST WIN? + SZA CLA + JMS I TWOWN /YES ENABLE END OF GAME MESSAGE + TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR HYPERSPACE REQUEST + AND OP14 + TAD OM14 /BITS 8 AND 9 MUST BE SET + SNA CLA + JMP I HYPER /8 AND 9 SET. ENTER HYPER ROUTINE WITH AC=0 + /FOR SHIP NUMBER 2 +TWOLEF, TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR LEFT TURN - BIT 8 + AND P10 + SNA CLA + JMP TWORYT /NOT SET + CLA CLL CMA /SET, DECREMENT TWOTHE BY 1 DEGREE + JMP TWOFIG /SKIP TEST FOR RIGHT TURN + +TWORYT, CLA CLL IAC RTL /TEST FOR RIGHT TURN - BIT 9 + AND INTWRD + SZA CLA + IAC /IF SET INCREMENT TWOTHE BY 1 DEGREE + +TWOFIG, TAD TWOTHE /UPDTAE TWOTHE + JMS I THEADJ /BRING TO WITHIN LIMITS OF SINE,COSINE + DCA TWOTHE /AND STORE + TAD TWOTHE + JMS I SINE /CALCULATE SINE AND COSINE FUNCTIONS + DCA TWOSIN /AND STORE IN DATA TABLE + TAD TWOTHE + JMS I COSINE + DCA TWOCOS + TAD TWOOUT /DO NOT ALLOW VELOCITY CHANGE IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP TWOVEL + + + + +TWOMOV, TAD ACCFLG /NOW FOR ACCELERATION. TEST TO SEE IF ALLOWED + SZA CLA /DURING THIS UPDATE CYCLE + JMP TWOVEL /NOPE + CLL IAC RAL /YES, TEST FOR BIT 2 SET + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP TWOVEL /NOT SET + + TAD TWOSIN /UPDATE X VELOCITY COMPONENT BY SINE OF + TAD TWOVEX /ANGLE OF ORIENTATION + JMS I VEESCL /AND SCALE TO NOT EXCEED MAX + DCA TWOVEX /UPDATE Y COMPONENT WITH COSINE + + TAD TWOCOS + TAD TWOVEY + JMS I VEESCL + DCA TWOVEY + + + +TWOVEL, TAD TWOVEX /NOW UPDATE THE POSITION WITH THE VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /COMPONENTS/16 + JMS I ISHFT + TAD TWOPEX + DCA TWOPEX + TAD TWOVEY + JMS I ISHFT + JMS I ISHFT + TAD TWOPEY + DCA TWOPEY + TAD TWOOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I IONEST + + + + +TWOLNC, TAD LNC2FG /NOW CHECK FOR PROJECTILE LAUNCH. FIRST + SNA CLA /TEST TO SEE IF RELOAD COMPLETE + JMP .+3 + ISZ LNC2FG /NO, COUNT ONE CYCLE AND EXIT + JMP I IONEST + IAC /YES, TEST TRIGGER BIT 11 + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP I IONEST /NOT SET, HELL WITH IT + + TAD PROLIF /OK, SET PROJECTILE LIFE + DCA I AUTO16 /AUTO16 IS ALWAYS POINTING AT THE NEXT SLOT + TAD TWOVEX /ADD SHIPS VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /(ADJUSTED) + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD TWOSIN /TO THAT OF PROJECTILE - AGAIN X COMPONENT + JMS I RSHIFT /FROM SINE OF ANGLE OF ORIENTATION + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOSIN /SET INITIAL POSITION TO BE JUST AHEAD + CLL RTL /OF THE SHIP + TAD TWOPEX /X COMPONENT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOVEY /NOW THE Y COMPONENTS FROM Y VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /Y POSITION AND COSINE + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD TWOCOS + JMS I RSHIFT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOCOS + CLL RTL + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD M200 + DCA LNC2FG /200 CYCLES OF RELOAD + JMS I RESET1 /DRINK LEADEN DEATH, NUMBER ONE! + + JMP I .+1 /FINAL EXIT TO DISPLAY FILE CALCULATIONS +IONEST, ONESET + +LNC2FG, 0 /RELOAD COUNT + +OP14, 14 /HYPERSPACE CODE +OM14, -14 +TWOWN, TWOWIN + + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE DISPLAY CALCULATIONS FOR THE TWO SHIPS. AT +/ THIS POINT ONLY THE POSITION AND ORIENTATION OF EACH VESSEL +/ IS ONF INTEREST SINCE THE VELOCITY AND ALL THAT HAVE ALREADY +/ BEEN TAKEN CARE OF. FOR THE BOTH SHIPS THE DISPLAY FILES ARE +/ CALCULATED AS A SERIES OF PAIRS OF X,Y COORDINATES. BETWEEN +/ EACH PAIR OF POINTS A FOUR POINT VECTOR WILL BE DRAWN. THE +/ ACTUAL COORDINATES ARE CALCULATED AS DISPLACEMENTS +/ FROM THE CENTRAL PSOTION OF THE SHIP, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE +/ ANGLE OF ORIENTATION. THE FORMULAS FOLLOWED ARE: +/ +/ X(POINT)=X(BASE)+X(REL)*COS[THE]+Y(REL)*SINE[THE] +/ +/ Y(POINT)=Y(BASE)+Y(REL)*COS[THE]-X(REL)*SINE[THE] +/ +/ WHERE SINE[THE] AND COS[THE] ARE THE FUNCTIONS OF THE +/ ANGLE OF ORIENTATION, X(BASE) AND Y(BASE) ARE THE +/ COORDINATES OF THE SHIPS POSITION AND X(REL) AND Y(REL) +/ CORRESPOND TO DISPLACEMENT PAIRS DEPENDING ON THE SHAPE +/ OF THE FIGURE. ALL X AND Y RELS LIE WITHIN THE RANGE 0-3 AND +/ THERE FORE ALL NECESSARY DISPLACEMENTS FROM BASE COORDINATES +/ MAY BE CALCULATEDFROM DIFFERENT COMBINATIONS OF T10SIN, T20COS +/ ETC. THESE VALUES ARE CALCULATED BY A CALL TO POSCAL WITH THE SINE +/ AND COSINE OF THE ANGLE OF INTEREST IN CALSIN AND CALCOS. +/ +/ FOLLOWING THIS METHOD ANY FIGURE DESCRIBABLE WITH A 7 BY 7 +/ MATRIX OF POINTS MAY BE QUICKLY CALCULATED. +/ +/ BEGINNING AT ONESET DIFFERENT DISPLACEMENT PAIRS ARE CALCULATED +/ AND DEPOSITIED THROUGH AUTO10 TO FORM THE DISPLAY FILE FOR SHIP NUMBER ONE. +/ + + + *1000 + +ONESET, CLA CLL /BEGIN DISPLAY FILE FOR NUMBER ONE + TAD ONEFLG /DONT BOTHER IF NOT IN NORMAL SPACE + SZA CLA + JMP I ITWOST + TAD ONESIN /SET UP FOR MATRIX COMPONENT CALCULATIONS + DCA CALSIN + TAD ONECOS + DCA CALCOS + JMS I CALPOS /CALL THE CALCULATOR + +/ +/ CONSIDER THE 7 BY 7 MATRIX OF DISPLACEMENT POINTS WITH THE +/ CENTER AT 0,0 CORRESPONDING TO THE SHIPS POSITION. A SERIES +/ OF POINTS IS NOW DESCRIBED AROUND THIS CENTER USING THE +/ MULTIPLES OF THE TRIG FUNCTIONS JUST CALCULATED +/ SO THAT ANY POINT ON THE OUTLINE IS DESCRIBABLE AS X,Y +/ DISPLACED BY X,Y OF THE SHIP ITSELF +/ + + TAD ONEFIL /SET UP AUTO10 AS THE DISPLAY FILE + DCA AUTO10 /POINTER + TAD ONEPEX /THE FIRST POINT OF THE OUTLINE IS + TAD T30SIN + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 OR TOP CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + TAD T30COS + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10COS + CIA /THE SECOND IS + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 / -1,0 + TAD T10SIN /OR JUST LEFT OF DEAD CENTER + TAD ONEPEY /AND SO ON + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN + TAD T30COS /THE THIRD POINT IS + CIA + TAD ONEPEX / -3,-3 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS /OR BOTTOM LEFT HAND CORNER + CIA + TAD T30SIN + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + + TAD T10SIN + CIA /FOURTH POINT + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,-1 + TAD T10COS + CIA /OR JUST BELOW CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + +FLAM1, TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR POWER ON. IF ON, DRAW THE + AND P40 /FLAME WITH AN EXTRA POINT SOME + SNA CLA /DISTANCE DIRECTLY BELOW THE SHIP + JMP ONECON /POWER NOT ON - CONTINUE + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP ONECON + + TAD ONFG1 /USE ONFG1 TO TURN THE FLAME ON AND + SNA /OFF TO MAKE IT FLICKER. DISPLAY THE + CLA CLL CMA RAL /FLAME ONE TIME OUT OF THREE + DCA ONFG1 + + ISZ ONFG1 + JMP ONECON /ONE OUT OF THREE TIMES THIS WILL SKIP + + TAD ONFG2 /VARY ALSO THE LENGHT OF THE FLAME + CMA /WITH LONG SHORT LONG SHORT + DCA ONFG2 + + TAD ONFG2 /TIP OF FLAME AT EITHER + SNA CLA + TAD T10SIN / 0,-4 OR + TAD T30SIN / 0,-3 + CIA + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD ONFG2 + SNA CLA + TAD T10COS + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10SIN + CIA + TAD ONEPEX /RETURN DISPLAY TO 0,-1 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T10COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + CLA CLL CMA RAL /ADD -2 TO POINT COUNT + + + + +ONECON, TAD M6 /SET POINT COUNT TO -6 OR -8 + DCA ONECNT + + TAD T30SIN /CONTINUE WITH DISPLAY FILE - THIS POINT + CIA + TAD T30COS / AT 3,-3 + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 /OR LOWER RIGHT HAND CORNER + TAD T30SIN + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10COS /NEXT + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 1,0 + TAD T10SIN / + CIA / OR JUST RIGHT OF CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN /FINALLY BACK TO + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + TAD T30COS / + TAD ONEPEY / TOP CENTE + DCA I AUTO10 + + JMP I ITWOST /NOW FOR NUMBER TWO +ITWOST, TWOSET + +ONFG1, 0 /USED TO COUNT FLICKERS +ONFG2, 0 /SHORT OR LONG FLAG + + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE DISPLAY FILE GENERATOR FOR SHIP TWO. +/ IT WORKS JUST LIKE THE ONE FOR NUMBER ONE BUT WITH +/ DIFFERENT DISPLACEMENT PAIRS AND TWO EXTRA POINTS +/ + + *1200 + +TWOSET, CLA CLL /DONT BOTHER IF NOT IN NORMAL SPACE + TAD TWOFLG + SZA CLA + JMP I IFILDS + TAD TWOSIN /SET UP TO HAVE DISPLACEMENT INCREMENTS + DCA CALSIN /CALCULATED + TAD TWOCOS + DCA CALCOS + JMS I CALPOS + + TAD TWOFIL /SET AUTO10 TO POINT TO SECOND DISPLAY + DCA AUTO10 /FILE + TAD T30SIN /FIRST POINT AT + TAD TWOPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + TAD T30COS / + TAD TWOPEY / OR TOP CENTER + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + TAD T20COS /SECOND POINT + TAD TWOPEY / -2,2 + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS /THIRD POINT + CIA / -2,0 + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T20COS + TAD T30SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEX /FOURTH POINT + DCA I AUTO10 / -2,-3 + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + + TAD T20SIN + CIA /NEXT + TAD TWOPEX / 0,-2 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + +FLAM2, CLA CLL IAC RAL /NOW THE FLAME BIT. CHECK FOR POWER ON + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP TWOCON /NO, FORGET IT + TAD TWOOUT /NOT ALLOWED IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP TWOCON + + TAD TWFG1 /SET THE 1-3 FLICKER AS WITH #1 + SNA + CLA CLL CMA RAL + DCA TWFG1 + + ISZ TWFG1 /ALSO THE LENGHT VARIATION + JMP TWOCON + + TAD TWFG2 /EVERY OTHER TIME LONG + CMA + DCA TWFG2 + /FLAME TIP AT EITHER + TAD TWFG2 / 0,-3 + SNA CLA /OR + TAD T20SIN / 0,-5 + TAD T30SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD TWFG2 + SNA CLA + TAD T20COS + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20SIN /NOW BACK UP TO THE SHIP + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + CLA CLL CMA RAL /ADD -2 TO POINT COUNT + + + + +TWOCON, TAD M10 /SET POINT COUNT TO -8 OR -10 + DCA TWOCNT + + TAD T30SIN /CONTINUE WITH DISPLAY FILE + CIA /NEXT POINT AT 2,-3 + TAD T20COS + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T20COS /NEXT POINT + TAD TWOPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 2,0 + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS /AND THE NEXT AT + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEX / 2,2 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD T20COS + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS /AND THE LAST AT + TAD TWOPEY / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + + JMP I IFILDS /NOW TO DISPLAY THE WHOLE MESS +IFILDS, FILDIS + +TWFG1, 0 /FLIK THE FLAME +TWFG2, 0 /LONG OR SHORT + + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY THE TWO SHIPS. CHECK FIRST FOR COLLISION +/ AND THEN SET THE TWO PAIRS OF COORDENATES FOR THE END +/ POINTS AND CALL THE "VECTOR GENERATOR" TO DRAW THE DOTS +/ IN BETWEEN. WHEN THE COUNT OVERFLOWS DO THE SAME FOR +/ NUMBER TWO. THEN EXIT TO DISPLAY ALL THE PROJECTILES. +/ + + *1400 + +FILDIS, CLA CLL /ALL SET TO GO + JMS I COLIDE /TEST FOR COLLISION FIRST +/ DSB 1 /IF NO COLLISION + TAD ONEFLG /SKIP NUMBER ONE IF NOT IN NORMAL + SZA CLA /SPACE + JMP TWODIS + + TAD ONEFIL /SET UP POINTERS TO DISPLAY FILE + DCA AUTO10 /FOR NUMBER ONE + TAD ONECNT /ALONG WITH VECTOR COUNT + DCA AUTO11 + TAD I AUTO10 /SET OUT THE FIRST POINT PAIR + DCA XONEDS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YONEDS + TAD ONEOUT /NORMAL DISPLAY OR EXPLOSION? + SZA CLA + JMP I IONEEX /GO ELSE WHERE FOR EXPLOSION + +FILONE, TAD I AUTO10 /STEP TO NEXT PAIR OF POINTS + DCA XTWODS /SET X AND Y TO NEW POINT + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YTWODS + JMS I VECTOR /CALL THE DOT DRAWING MACHINE + ISZ AUTO11 + SKP /COUNT + JMP TWODIS /DO NUMBER TWO ON OVERFLOW + TAD XTWODS /SWAP POINTS FOR NEXT PAIR + DCA XONEDS + TAD YTWODS /THE GENERATOR DRAWS FROM ONE + DCA YONEDS /TOWARDS TWO + JMP FILONE + + + + +TWODIS, TAD TWOFLG /HERE TO DO NUMBER TWO + SZA CLA /BUT NOT IF IN HYPER SPACE + JMP I IPRODS + + TAD TWOFIL /SET UP FILE POINTER AS IN ONE + DCA AUTO10 + TAD TWOCNT /AND THE COUNT + DCA AUTO11 + TAD I AUTO10 /I SUPPOSE THIS COULD BE A SUBROUTINE TOO + DCA XONEDS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YONEDS + TAD TWOOUT /IS IT EXPLODING? + SZA CLA + JMP I ITWOEX /YES, HOW EXCITING + +TWDLOP, TAD I AUTO10 /NO HOW DULL, STICK IN NEXT PAIR OF + DCA XTWODS /POINTS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YTWODS /AND CALL THE VECTOR SEQUENCE + JMS I VECTOR + ISZ AUTO11 + JMP .+3 + + JMP I .+1 /WHEN COUNT OVERFLOWS GO ON TO +IPRODS, PRODIS /DO THE PROJECTILE THING + + TAD XTWODS /OTHERWISE SWAP ON TO THE NEXT PAIR + DCA XONEDS /OF POINTS + TAD YTWODS + DCA YONEDS + JMP TWDLOP + +COLIDE, COLLID +IONEEX, ONEEXP +ITWOEX, TWOEXP + + + +/ +/ THIS IS THE SO CALLED "VECTOR GENERATOR" WHICH DRAWS A +/ SERIES OF DOTS FROM XONEDS,YONEDS TO XTWODS,YTWODS. +/ THE COORDINATE COMPONENTS ARE DIVIDED INTO FOURTHS AND +/ FOUR DOTS DRAWN ON THE SCOPE SCREEN. NOTE THAT NO DOT +/ IS DRAWN AT XONEDS,YONEDS. THIS IS COMPENSATED FOR ELSEWHERE. +/ + +DISPLY, 0 /ENTER TO DRAW A FOUR POINT VECTOR + CLA + TAD XONEDS /FROM XONEDS,YONEDS + CIA /TO XTWODS,YTWODS + TAD XTWODS /DIVIDE COORDINATE DIFERENCES INTO + JMS DISHFT /FOURTHS + DCA DIXTEM /AND STORE INCREMENT + TAD YONEDS + CIA + TAD YTWODS + JMS DISHFT /FOURTHS + DCA DIYTEM + TAD M4 /FOR FOUR DOTS + DCA DISCNT + +DISLOP, TAD XONEDS /ADD INCREMENT TO CURRENT X AND Y + TAD DIXTEM + DCA XONEDS /NOTE THAT THIS ROUTINE DESTROYS + TAD YONEDS /XONEDS AND YONEDS + TAD DIYTEM + DCA YONEDS + TAD XONEDS +/ RTR /DIVIDE BY 8 TO FIT SCREEN SIZE +/ RAR + DXC DXL /SET X VALUE + CLA + TAD YONEDS /DO THE SAME FOR Y +/ RTR +/ RAR + DYC DYL DIS /AT LAST SOMETHING TO SEE!! + CLA + ISZ DISCNT /DONE YET? + JMP DISLOP /NOPE + JMP I DISPLY /YUP + + +DISHFT, 0 /A GENERALIZED SHIFT ROUTINE CALLED + CLL /FROM EVERYWHERE TO DIVIDE THE + SPA /AC BY FOUR WITH AN ASR RIGHT + CML IAC /NOTE THAT NEGATIVE NUMBERS ARE + RAR /ROUNDED UPWARDS (TOWARD ZERO) + CLL /TO MAKE IT COME OUT RIGHT + SPA + CML IAC /EVEN SO THERE ARE SOME ROUNDING ERRORS + RAR /SOMEWHERE. SO MUCH FOR 12 BIT MACHINES + JMP I DISHFT + + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY ALL THE PROJECTILES AND TEST FOR HITS. +/ THE PROJECTILE DISPLAY FILE IS SEARCHED FOR PROJECTILES WITH +/ NON-ZERO COUNTS AND WHEN ONE IS FOUND THE POSITION IS +/ UPDATED BY THE VELOCITY, THE POINT DISPLAYED AND TESTED FOR +/ A HIT. +/ + + *1600 + +PRODIS, CLA CLL / BEGIN DISPLAY OF THE PROJECTILES + TAD BUFST /POINT TO BEGINNING OF DISPLAY FILE + DCA BUFTMP +/ DSB 2 /SET EXTRA BRIGHT FOR SINGLE POINTS + +PROLOP, TAD I BUFTMP /PICK UP NEXT COUNT + SNA + JMP EXPIRE /THIS ONE IS DEAD - GO TO THE NEXT + IAC /INCREMENT COUNT AND REPLACE + DCA I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP /BUMP POINTER TO X VELOCITY + TAD I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP /THEN TO XPOSITION AND UPDATE X POSITION + TAD I BUFTMP /WITH THE VELOCITY WHICH IS CONSTANT + DCA I BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP + DCA PROX /AND STORE X POSITION FOR DISPLAY AND TEST + ISZ BUFTMP /NOW TO Y POSITION AND VELOCITY + TAD I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP /SAME LITTLE GAME + DCA I BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP + DCA PROY /STORE THE NEW Y VALUE + + TAD PROX /DISPLAY THE POINT WITH +/ RTR /THE SAME SHIFT AS FOR THE SHIPS +/ RAR /FOR THE SMALL SCREEN + DXC DXL + CLA + TAD PROY +/ RTR / +/ RAR + DYC DYL DIS /THERE IT IS!! + CLA + JMS I CHKOUT /TEST FOR A HIT + ISZ BUFTMP /MOVE POINTER ON AND TEST FOR END + TAD BUFTMP /OF BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP PROLOP /NOT AT END - CONTINUE + + +/ +/ HERE AT THE END OF THE PROJECTILE DISPLAY. IF THE GAMOVR +/ FLAG IS SET, GO ON TO THE MESSAGE DISPLAY - VICTORY LAP +/ SECTION. OTHERWISE PICK UP THE REMAINING CLOCK COUNT +/ TO GIVE THE FANS SOMETHING TO LOOK AT, AND MOVE THE +/ ELECTRON BEAM TO A LOWER CORNER. THE COUNT DISPLAYED +/ IN THE AC IS THE NUMBER OF 100 USEC CLOCK TICKS REMAINING +/ WHEN THIS CODE IS REACHED BEFORE THE NEXT UPDATE WOULD +/ BEGIN. TURNS OUT THAT ROUGHLY 2/3 OF THE CPU IS LEFT +/ OVER SHOULD ANYONE WANT TO DO ANYTHING VERY FANCY. +/ + + +FINISH, TAD GAMOVR /IS THIS THE VICTORY LAP OR WHAT? + SZA CLA + JMP I ENDGAM /YES, GO TO PUT UP THE MESSAGE +/ TAD M400 /MOVE THE BEAM OFF SCREEN +/ DYC DYL + CLA CLL +/ DXC DXL + TAD INTCNT /PICK UP THE COUNT + CIA + JMP . + +ENDGAM, JOBLOP + + +EXPIRE, TAD BUFTMP /HERE TO ADVANCE THE BUFFER + TAD P5 /POINTER TO THE NEXT PROJECTILE + DCA BUFTMP /UNLESS THE END + TAD BUFTMP /OF THE BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM /IS REACHED + SZA CLA /IN WHICH CASE + JMP PROLOP /IT + JMP FINISH /QUITS + +BUFST, DISBUF+101 +BUFLIM, -DISBUF-175 +CHKOUT, CHECK + +RESE1, 0 /THIS IS CALLED TO SET THE POINTER + TAD MRES /(AUTO16) TO THE NEXT FREE SLOT + DCA RESCNT /FOR A PROJECTILE LAUNCH. 12 POSSIBLE + +RESLOP, TAD RESPNT /MOVE THE POINTER TO THE NEXT SLOT + TAD P5 + DCA RESPNT + TAD RESPNT /RESTE IF AT END OF BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP RESCON + TAD BUFST + DCA RESPNT + +RESCON, TAD I RESPNT /FIND A HOLE YET? + SNA CLA + JMP RESFND /YES, SET UP AUTO16 + ISZ RESCNT /NO COUNT + JMP RESLOP /AND TRY AGAIN + HLT /NO HOLES AT ALL? + +RESFND, CMA /BACK THE POINTER FOR AUTO INDEXING + TAD RESPNT + DCA AUTO16 + JMP I RESE1 + +MRES, -14 +RESCNT, 0 +RESPNT, 0 + +SETBUF, 0 + CMA /THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED FROM THE + TAD BUFST /STARTING SEQUENCE TO INITIALIZE ALL + DCA AUTO16 /THE BUFFER POINTERS AND SO ON + TAD BUFST + DCA BUFTMP + TAD BUFST + DCA RESPNT + TAD BUFST + DCA SETPNT +SETLOP, DCA I SETPNT + ISZ SETPNT + TAD SETPNT + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP SETLOP + JMP I SETBUF + +SETPNT, 0 + + + +/ +/ THIS HERE NOW THING CHECKS THE COORDINATES OF THE MOST RECENTLY +/ DISPLAYED PROJECTILE AGAINST THOSE OF THE SHIPS ON THE SCREEN. +/ IF WITH A COLLISION LIMIT A HIT IS RECORDED AND THE LIFE +/ COUNT OF THE PROJECTILE ZEROED TO REMOVE IT. A HIT SHIP +/ IS SUITABLY FLAGGED +/ + + *2000 + +CHECK, 0 /HERE TO TEST FOR A PROJECTILE HIT + TAD ONEFLG /CANT HIT SOMETHING IN HYPERSPACE + SZA CLA + JMP CHECK2 + TAD ONEOUT /OR SOMETHING THAT'S BEEN HIT + SZA CLA + JMP CHECK2 + + TAD PROX /CHECK X COORDINATES OF SHIP ONE + CIA /AND PROJECTILE + TAD ONEPEX /THIS SORT OF THING IS WHY THE + SPA /COORDINATES HAVE TO BE MAINTAINED TO 12 + CIA /BITS + TAD LIMIT /CLOSE ENOUGH? + SMA CLA + JMP CHECK2 /IF X ISN' CLOSE ENOUGH THEN NO HIT + TAD PROY /X WAS CLOSE ENOUGH, HOW ABOUT Y? + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + SPA + CIA + TAD LIMIT + SMA CLA + JMP CHECK2 /NO HIT + + TAD MEXP /DEPOSIT EXPLOSION COUNT IN ONEOUT + DCA ONEOUT /ALL THAT IS NECESSARY + JMS CUTOUT /REMOVE PROJECTILE + + + + +CHECK2, TAD TWOFLG /NO HIT ON NUMBER ONE, TRY NUMBER TWO + SZA CLA + JMP I CHECK /BUT NOT IF IN HYPERSPACE + TAD TWOOUT /OR IF ALREADY HIT + SZA CLA + JMP I CHECK + + TAD PROX /CHECK X'S FIRST + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + SPA /GET ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + CIA + TAD LIMIT /AND TEST MAGNITUDE AGAINST PROXIMITY + SMA CLA /LIMIT + JMP I CHECK /NOWHERE NEAR CLOSE + + TAD PROY /NYAH, NYAH + CIA /TRY THE Y'S + TAD TWOPEY + SPA + CIA /ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + TAD LIMIT + SMA CLA + JMP I CHECK /CLEAN MISS! + + TAD MEXP /HIT ON TWO - END EVERYTHING BY SETTING + DCA TWOOUT /TWOOUT TO NON-ZERO EXPLOSION COUNT + JMS CUTOUT + JMP I CHECK /EXIT AFTER DESTOYING PROJECTILE + +LIMIT, -120 /PROXIMITY LIMIT FOR WHAT CONSTITUTES A HIT + +CUTOUT, 0 /THIS ROUTINE ZEROES OUT THE MOST RECENTLY + TAD M4 /DISPLAYED PROJECTILE BY ZEROEING THE + TAD BUFTMP /COUNT + DCA CUTPNT + DCA I CUTPNT + JMP I CUTOUT + +CUTPNT, 0 + + + +/ +/ THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED TO TEST FOR A COLLISION BETWEEN THE +/ TWO SHIPS. THE COORDINATES OF BOTH ARE COMPARED +/ AND IFF SUFFICIENTLY CLOSE BOTH ARE DESTROYED BY SETTING +/ THEIR EXPLOSION COUNTS NON-ZERO. +/ + + +COLLID, 0 /HERE TO TEST FOR COLLISION + TAD ONEFLG /NO TEST IF EITHER SHIP IS IN + SZA CLA /HYPERSPACE OR EXPLODING + JMP I COLLID + TAD TWOFLG + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + TAD ONEOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + TAD TWOOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + + TAD ONEPEX /BOTH SHIPS AVAILABLE FOR COLLISION + CIA /CHECK X COORDINATES FIRST + TAD TWOPEX + SPA /GET ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + CIA + TAD COLLIM /CLOSE ENOUGH? + SMA CLA + JMP I COLLID /NOPE, FORGET IT + + TAD ONEPEY /YES, NOW TRY THE Y COORDINATES + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + SPA + CIA /GET MAGNITUDE ONLY + TAD COLLIM + SMA CLA /CLOSE ENOUGH? + JMP I COLLID + TAD MEXP /YES, SET BOTH EXPLOSION COUNTS + DCA ONEOUT + TAD MEXP + DCA TWOOUT + JMP I COLLID + +COLLIM, -300 + + +/ +/ THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED TO SET ONE OF THE TWO SHIPS INTO +/ HYPERSPACE. ON ENTRY THE AC=-1 FOR SHIP #1, 0 FOR SHIP +/ NUMBER 2. THE LOCATION CLOCK IS USED FOR A RANDOM +/ ADDRESS POINTER FROM WHICH WILL BE DRAWN THE +/ VARIOUS PARAMETERS FOR REENTRY. +/ + + *2200 + +HYPSET, DCA RTNFLG /HERE WITH AC=-1 OR 0 + TAD RTNFLG /SET UP LIST POINTER + SZA CLA + TAD ONEDIF /TO APPROPRIATE SHIP FILE + TAD TWOLST + DCA AUTO15 + + CLCA /SET UP "RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR" + /USE CLOCK COUNTER FOR THAT PURPOSE + DCA AUTO17 + TAD I AUTO17 /PICK UP FIRST THE AMOUNT OF TIME + AND TIMOUT /OUT OF NOMAL SPACE LIMITED TO -777 + CIA /UPDATE CYCLES ( ABOUT 15 SECONDS) + DCA I AUTO15 /AND STORE IN ONEOUT OR TWO OUT + + TAD I AUTO17 /THE NEXT RANDOM NUMBER BECOMES THE + JMS I THEADJ /ANGLE OR ORIENTATION ON REENTRY + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 /AND THE NEXT BECOMES THE X VELOCITY + JMS VEESET /COMPONENT + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 /AND THEN THE Y COMPONENT + JMS VEESET + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 + DCA I AUTO15 + + TAD I AUTO17 + DCA I AUTO15 + + TAD I AUTO17 /FINALLY SEE IF RETURN WILL BE SUCCESSFLY + AND TIMOUT + TAD MHYP /ABOUT 3/4 CHANCE + SMA CLA + JMP HYPRET /OK + TAD RTNFLG /THIS IS THE ONE TIME IN FOUR. SET + SZA CLA /UP FOR EXPLOSION ON REENTRY + TAD ONEDIF + TAD OUTLOC + DCA VEESET + TAD MEXP + DCA I VEESET + +HYPRET, ISZ RTNFLG + JMP I TWORTN + JMP I ONERTN + +TIMOUT, 777 +ONEDIF, ONEFLG-TWOFLG +TWOLST, TWOFLG-1 +RTNFLG, 0 +ONERTN, TWOUP +TWORTN, ONESET +OUTLOC, TWOOUT +MHYP, -200 + + + + +VEESET, 0 /HERE TO LIMIT VELOCITY COMPONENTS + CLL + SPA /GET MAGNITUDE + CML + AND HM177 /LIMIT TO 177 + SZL CLL + CIA + JMP I VEESET /AND EXIT + +HM177, 177 + +ONEEXP, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISPLAY SHIP NUMBER ONE AS + TAD ONETHE /AN EXPLOSION + TAD INCONE /FIRST ROTATE IT BY A GOOD DOLLOP + DCA ONETHE + JMS I IXPDIS /THEN CALL THE EXPLOSION GENERATOR + ISZ ONEOUT /DONE WITH THE EXPLOSION? + JMP I NOWTWO /NO, NORMAL RETURN + + IAC /YES, SET INTO PSEUDO HYPER SPACE + DCA ONEFLG + IAC /DISABLE RETURN FROM HYPER SPACE + DCA ONEFIN + + TAD TWOFIN /IS NUMBER TWO STILL AROUND? + SNA CLA + JMP I NOWTWO /YES, RETURN + JMP I TIEUP /NO, TIE BALL GAME + + + +TWOEXP, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISPLAY SHIP NUMBER TWO + TAD TWOTHE /AS AN EXPLOSION. BASH IT AROUND + TAD INCTWO + DCA TWOTHE + JMS I IXPDIS /THEN DISPLAY IT + ISZ TWOOUT /DONE WITH EXPLOSION? + JMP I NOWPRO /NO, NORMAL RETURN + + IAC /YES, SEND INTO PSEUDO HYPER SPACE + DCA TWOFLG + IAC /DISABLE NORMAL RETURN FROM HYPERSPACE + DCA TWOFIN + /CHECK NUMBER ONE + TAD ONEFIN + SZA CLA /STILL ALIVE AND WELL? + JMP I TIEUP /NO, TIE GAME + JMP I NOWPRO /YES, CONTINUE ON +NOWTWO, TWODIS +NOWPRO, PRODIS +TIEUP, NOWIN +IXPDIS, EXPDIS +INCONE, 55 +INCTWO, 55 + + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY THE FIGURE POINTED TO BY AUTO10 AS +/ AN EXPLOSION. THIS WORKS THE SAME WAY AS THE NORMAL +/ DISPLAY ROUTINE EXCEPT THAT THE COORDINATE INCREMENTS +/ ARE INVERTED TURNING THE FIGURE INSIDE OUT FOR S +/ A SORT OF CLOBBY EXPLOSION. +/ + + *2400 + +EXPDIS, 0 /HERE TO DISPLAY A FIGURE INSIDE OUT + TAD I AUTO10 /WITH THE POINTERS AND COUNTS ALREADY + DCA XTWODS /SET UP BY FILDIS OR TWODIS + TAD I AUTO10 /STICK NEXT TWO POINTS INTO LINE + DCA YTWODS + + TAD XTWODS + CIA /CALCULATE INCREMENT THE WRONG WAY + TAD XONEDS + DCA DIXTEM /AND STORE + TAD YTWODS + CIA + TAD YONEDS + DCA DIYTEM /SAME FOR Y + + TAD M4 /4 DOTS IN THE VECTOR" + DCA DISCNT /COULD HAVE CALLED THE OTHER + /VECTOR GENERATOR I SUPPOSE +EXPLOP, TAD XONEDS + TAD DIXTEM /ADD X AND Y INCREMENTS TO THE RUNNING + DCA XONEDS /TOTALS AND DISPLAY THE RUNNING + TAD YONEDS /TOTALS NORMAL SIZE + TAD DIYTEM + DCA YONEDS + + TAD XONEDS +/ RTR /COULD MAKE TWICE AS BIG BY NOP-ING +/ RAR /THE RAR'S BUT THE SCREEN IS SMALL ENOUGH + JMS I IVCLDX /AS IT IS + CLA + TAD YONEDS +/ RTR +/ RAR + JMS I IVCLDY +/ DISD +/ JMP .-1 +/ DIXY + + CLA + ISZ DISCNT /DONE 4 DOTS? + JMP EXPLOP /NO + + ISZ AUTO11 /DONE ALL VECTORS IN THE FILE? + SKP + JMP I EXPDIS /YES, EXIT + + TAD XTWODS /NO SWAP TO NEXT PAIR OF POINTS + DCA XONEDS + TAD YTWODS + DCA YONEDS + JMP EXPDIS+1 + + + + +/ +/ VEELIM IS THE SCALING ROUTINE FOR VELOCITY COMPONENTS. +/ THE COMPONENTS ARE SCALED TO REMAIN IN THE RANGE 140 +/ TO -140. THIS IS NECESSARY TO AVOID ASTRONOMICAL SPPED +/ BUILDUP ON THE SMALL SCREEN. UNFORTUNATELY THE X AND Y +/ COMPONENTS ARE SCALED SEPARATELY WHICH GIVES SLIGHT BUT +/ NOTICABLE DISTORTIONS IN DIAGONAL FLIGHT PATHS. IN THE +/ NORMAL HEAT OF THE BATTLE NO ONE WILL REALLY NOTICE. +/ + + +VEELIM, 0 /ENTER TO SCALE VELOCITY HELD IN + DCA VEEHLD /AC + TAD VEEHLD + SMA /BRANCH FOR POSITIVE OR NEGATIV + JMP VEEPOS + TAD VEEMAX + SMA CLA /GREATER THAN MAXIMUM POSITIVE? + JMP VEECLR /NO + TAD VEEMIN /I MEAN MAXIMUM NEGATIVE - YES SET + JMP I VEELIM /TO MAX NEGATIV + +VEEPOS, TAD VEEMIN /GREATER THAN MAX? + SPA CLA + JMP VEECLR /NO + TAD VEEMAX /YES SET TO MAX + JMP I VEELIM + +VEECLR, TAD VEEHLD /IT WAS IN RANGE ALL ALONG + JMP I VEELIM + +VEEHLD, 0 +VEEMIN, -140 +VEEMAX, 140 + +THEAJI, 0 /HERE TO ADJUST THE ANGLE TO A RANGE + SMA /0-550 OR 0-360 DEGREES. THIS IS + JMP .+3 /NECESSARY TO INSURE THAT PUSHDOWN OVERFLOW + TAD P550 /WILL NOT HAPPEN IN THE SINE AND COSINE + JMP .-3 /ROUTINES. THIS SIMPLY TAKES THE AC + TAD M550 /MODULO 360 AND EXITS + SMA + JMP .-2 + TAD P550 /FOLLOW IT THROUGH AND SEE IF IT DOESN'T + JMP I THEAJI + + + +/ +/ ONE OF THESE ROUTINE IS ENTERED WHEN A WINNER IS DECLARED. +/ THE ADDRESS OF THE VICTORY MESSAGE IS PLACED IN MESS AND +/ THE GAMOVR FLAG SET TO CAUSE A BRANCH TO JOBLOP WHEN THE +/ DISPLAY CYCLE IS COMPLETED. THE ROUTINE WILL THEN DISPLAY +/ THE APPROPRIATE MESSAGE OVER THE REMAINING SHIPS IF +/ ANY UNTIL THE KEYBOARD IS MOLESTED OR THE CLOCK RUNS OUT +/ AND THE NEXT DISPLAY UPDATE CYCLE IS SET. AT ANY RATE THE +/ PROGRAM WILL REACH HERE ONLY WHEN SOMEONE HAS BITTEN THE +/ INTERGALACTIC DUST. +/ + + +ONEWIN, 0 /THIS IS CALLED WHEN TWOFIN IS SET + TAD MES1 /AND ONE FIN IS NOT. SET ONE TO VICTOR + DCA MESS /AND SET GAMOVR FLAG + IAC + DCA GAMOVR + JMP I ONEWIN /THEN RETURN TO UPDATE CYCLE + +TWOWIN, 0 /THIS IS CALLED WHEN ONEFIN IS SET + TAD MES2 /AND TWO FIN IS NOT + DCA MESS /SET ALSO GAMOVR + IAC + DCA GAMOVR + JMP I TWOWIN + +NOWIN, TAD MES4 /GET HERE WHEN BOTH ONEFIN AND TWOFIN + DCA MESS /ARE SET . + IAC + DCA GAMOVR /NOBODY EVER REALLY WINDS + /UP THE WINNER IN THESE THINGS +JOBLOP, +/ DSB 1 /THIS IS ENTERED FROM FINISH WHEN + TAD MES0 /GAMOVR IS SET AND SERVES TO DISPLAY + JMS I MESOUT /THE VICTORY MESSAGE ON THE SCREEN + TAD MESS /USING THE CHARACTER GENERATOR SOMEWHAT + JMS I MESOUT /FURTHER ON UNTIL THE GAME IS RESTARTED + TAD MES5 /OR UNTIL THE INTERRUPT COUNT OVERFLOWS + JMS I MESOUT /AND THE UPDATE CYCLE IS RESTARTED + TAD MES3 + JMS I MESOUT +FINITO, JMP JOBLOP + +MES0, MESS0 +MES1, MESS1 +MES2, MESS2 +MES3, MESS3 +MES4, MESS4 +MES5, MESS5 +MESS, 0 + + + +/ +/ THE FOLLOWING ARE THE SINE AND COSINE ROUTINES CUSTOMIZED +/ FOR THIS PROGRAM FROM ANOTHER I WORKED ON. CALL EITHER +/ SINE OR COSINE WITH ANGLE IN DEGREES IN AC. THE ARGUEMENT +/ IS REDUCED THROUGH RECURSION UNTIL BETWEEN 0-89 DEGREES +/ AND THEN A TABLE LOOKUP DONE TO OBTAIN THE VALUE. IT TAKES +/ UP A FAIR AMOUNT OF SPACE BUT IT WORKS JUST FASTER +/ THAN SHEEP. THE COSINE CALL JUST TRANSFORMS THE ARGUEMENT +/ THROUGH SOME TRIGONOMETRIC GARBAGE AND CALLS THE SINE +/ ROUTINE. NOTE THAT CALLING EITHER ROUTINE WITH TOO +/ LARGE AN ARGUEMENT WILL CAUSE PUSHDOWN OVERFLOW AND THEN +/ ALL HELL WILL BREAK LOOSE. THE ORIGINAL ROUTINE FROM WHICH +/ THIS WAS STOLEN HAD FULL WORD PRECISION. +/ + + *6400 + +SINEIN, 0 /I REALLY CANT BRING MYSELF TO COMMENT + DCA SINARG /THIS. IT'S VERY STRAIGHFORWARD + TAD SINEIN + DCA I SINPSH + ISZ SINPSH + TAD SINARG + SZA + JMP SINNG2 + +SINPOP, CLA CLL CMA + TAD SINPSH + DCA SINPSH + TAD I SINPSH + DCA SINEIN + TAD SINARG + JMP I SINEIN + +SINNG2, SMA + JMP SINPOS + CIA + JMS SINEIN + +SINNEG, CIA + DCA SINARG + JMP SINPOP + +SINPOS, TAD M264 + SPA + JMP .+2 + JMP SINNEG-1 + TAD P132 + SPA + JMP SINELK + SZA CLA + JMP .+3 + TAD P37 + JMP SINNEG+1 + + TAD SINARG + TAD M264 + JMP SINNEG-1 + +SINELK, TAD P132 + TAD SINTAB + DCA SINEIN + TAD I SINEIN + DCA SINARG + JMP SINPOP + + + + +SINARG, 0 +SINPSH, SINLST +SINLST, 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + +SINTAB, SINES-1 + +COSINI, 0 + CIA + TAD P132 + JMS SINEIN + JMP I COSINI + + + + +SINES, 00 /1 + 01 /2 + 01 /3 + 02 /4 + 02 /5 + 03 /6 + 03 /7 + 04 /8 + 05 /9 + 05 /10 + 06 /11 + 06 /12 + 07 /13 + 07 /14 + 10 /15 + 10 /16 + 11 /17 + 11 /18 + 12 /19 + 12 /20 + 13 /21 + 13 /22 + 14 /23 + 15 /24 + 15 /25 + 16 /26 + 16 /27 + 17 /28 + 17 /29 + 20 /30 + 20 /31 + 20 /32 + 21 /33 + 21 /34 + 22 /35 + 22 /36 + 23 /37 + 23 /38 + 24 /39 + 24 /40 + 25 /41 + 25 /42 + 25 /43 + 26 /44 + 26 /45 + 27 /46 + 27 /47 + 27 /48 + 30 /49 + 30 /50 + 30 /51 + 31 /52 + 31 /53 + 31 /54 + 32 /55 + 32 /56 + 32 /57 + 33 /58 + 33 /59 + 33 /60 + 33 /61 + 34 /62 + 34 /63 + 34 /64 + 35 /65 + 35 /66 + 35 /67 + 35 /68 + 35 /69 + 36 /70 + 36 /71 + 36 /72 + 36 /73 + 36 /74 + 36 /75 + 37 /76 + 37 /77 + 37 /78 + 37 /79 + 37 /80 + 37 /81 + 37 /82 + 37 /83 + 37 /84 + 37 /85 + 37 /86 + 37 /87 + 37 /88 + 37 /89 + + + + +MULTI, 0 /THIS IS STANDARD SINGLE PRECISION + CLL /MULTIPLY ROUTINE WHICH WAS ONCE + SPA /USED. I'VE LEFT IT IN SINCE + CMA CML IAC /THERE IS LOTS OF CORE LEFT OVER AND + DCA MULMP1 /MAYBLE SOMEDAY I'LL NEED IT TO PUT + DCA MULMP5 /IN A SUN OR SOMETHING. THIS IS THE + TAD I MULTI /STANDARD DEC SUBROUTINE WITH DIFFERENT + SNA /LABELS + JMP MULPSN+2 + SPA + CMA CML IAC + DCA MULMP2 + TAD MULTHR + DCA MULMP3 + +MULMP4, TAD MULMP1 + RAR + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 + SZL + TAD MULMP2 + CLL RAR + DCA MULMP5 + ISZ MULMP3 + JMP MULMP4 + TAD MULMP1 + RAR +MULPSN, SZL + JMP MULCMP + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 +MULMPZ, ISZ MULTI + JMP I MULTI + +MULCMP, CMA CLL IAC + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 + CMA + SZL + IAC + JMP MULMPZ + +MULTHR, 7764 +MULMP1, 0 +MULMP5, 0 +MULMP2, 0 +MULMP3, 0 + + + +/ +/ SHIFTR DIVIDES THE AC BY TWO WHETHER POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE +/ AND IS CALLED FROM VARIOUS PLACES. NOT ENTIRELY MYSTERIOUS +/ + + +SHIFTR, 0 + CLL + SPA + CML IAC + RAR + JMP I SHIFTR + + +/ +/ POSCAL IS CALLED TO CALCULATE THE COORDINATE INCREMENTS +/ NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE SHIP FIGURES. RATHER THAN DOING +/ A LOT OF EXPENSIVE MATH THIS DOES A QUICK PRODUCTION +/ OF 1, 2, AND 3 TIMES THE SIN AND COSINE VALUES FOUND +/ IN CALSIN AND CALCOS LEAVING THEM IN THE TABLE FOR +/ ONESET AND TWOSET. IF THE SCOPE WERE ANY BETTER +/ THIS PROBABLY WOULDN'T BE NEAR GOOD ENOUGH BUT.... +/ + +POSCAL, 0 + TAD CALSIN + + DCA T10SIN + TAD T10SIN + CLL RAL + DCA T20SIN + TAD T10SIN + TAD T20SIN + DCA T30SIN + + TAD CALCOS + + DCA T10COS + TAD T10COS + CLL RAL + DCA T20COS + TAD T10COS + TAD T20COS + DCA T30COS + JMP I POSCAL + +/**************************************************************** +/ VC8-E ROUTINES + + +VDIV, 0 + SMA / SKIP IF MINUS + JMP VPLUS +VMINUS, CMA IAC / COMPLEMENT + RTR / DIVIDE BY FOUR + AND P1777 / DELETE UPPER TWO BITS + CMA IAC + JMP I VDIV / RETURN + +VPLUS, RTR + AND P1777 + JMP I VDIV + +/***** + +VCLDX, 0 / INTENSIFY LAST POINT AND LOAD NEW X VALUE + JMS VDIV / DIVIDE BY FOUR + DISD / DISPLAY READY? + JMP .-1 / WAIT. + DIXY / INTENSIFY + DILX / LOAD NEW X VALUE + JMP I VCLDX / RETURN + +VCLDY, 0 + JMS VDIV / DIVIDE BY FOUR + DILY / LOAD NEW Y VALUE + JMP I VCLDY + +P1777, 1777 + + +/**************************************************************** + + + *7000 + +/GENERAL PURPOSE SYMBOL GENERATOR +/ +CHARS, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT CHARACTER STRING + DCA ADDR /STORE STRING ADDRESS + TAD I ADDR /FETCH DOUBLE CHARACTER + RTR /SHIFT + RTR / FOR FIRST + RTR / CHARACTER + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + SKP /NORMAL RETURN -- SKIP + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT + TAD I ADDR /RECALL DOUBLE CHARACTER + ISZ ADDR /ADVANCE STRING ADDRESS + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + JMP CHARS+2 /NORMAL RETURN -- REPEAT + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT +/ +CHAR, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT SINGLE CHARACTER + AND K77 /MASK OUT UPPER BITS + CLL RAL /MULTIPLY CODE BY TWO + TAD TABLE /ADD TABLE BASE ADDRESS + DCA POINT /CONSTRUCT POINTER TO 24-BIT CODE + CMA /INITIALIZE COUNTER FOR + DCA COUNT2 / TWO PLOT WORDS + TAD I POINT /FETCH FIRST PLOT WORD + ISZ POINT /INCREMENT POINTER FOR NEXT ONE + SNA /SKIP IF NOT SPECIAL CHARACTER + JMP SPCHAR /ELSE GO PROCESS IT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE CURRENT PLOT BITS +XPLOT, TAD KM6 /INITIALIZE 6-BIT + DCA COUNT6 / COUNTER + TAD YVALUE /RESET Y TEMPORARY + DCA YTEMP / VALUE FOR CHARACTER + TAD XVALUE /OUTPUT CURRENT + DILX /X-VALUE TO CRT + TAD XINCR /INCREMENT + DCA XVALUE / ABSCISSA +YPLOT, TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + CLL RAL /GET NEXT BIT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE REMAINING PLOT BITS + SNL /SKIP IF POINT TO PLOT + JMP CNTINU /ELSE JUMP AHEAD + TAD YTEMP /OUTPUT CURRENT + DILY /Y-VALUE TO CRT + DISD / READY TO DISPLAY THE POINT? + JMP .-1 / NO, WE'LL WAIT. + DIXY / SHOOT THE BEAM! + + CLA CLL /CLEAR AC + TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + SNA CLA /SKIP IF POINTS REMAINING + JMP WRDEND /ELSE WORD IS FINISHED +CNTINU, TAD YTEMP /INCREMENT TEMPORARY + TAD YINCR / Y-VALUE FOR NEXT + DCA YTEMP / CHARACTER STEP + ISZ COUNT6 /SKIP IF 6 BITS PLOTTED + JMP YPLOT /ELSE PLOT NEXT ONE + JMP XPLOT /GO UPDATE X-VALUE +WRDEND, ISZ COUNT2 /SKIP IF ANOTHER BIT WORD + JMP EXIT /ELSE EXIT + TAD I POINT /FETCH SECOND BIT WORD + SZA /SKIP IF NO PLOT POINTS + JMP XPLOT-1 /ELSE GO PLOT THEM +EXIT, TAD XVALUE /INCREMENT ABSCISSA + TAD XINCR / FOR SPACE BETWEEN + DCA XVALUE / SYMBOLS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +/ +SPCHAR, TAD I POINT /FETCH TRANSFER VECTOR + DCA POINT /STORE AS INDIRECT ADDRESS + + JMP I POINT /GO TO APPROPRIATE ROUTINE +SPACE, TAD XINCR /FETCH BASIC ABSCISSA INCREMENT + CLL RTL /MULTIPLY BY FOUR AND + JMP EXIT / GO CREATE SPACE +CRLF, TAD INITX /"CARRIAGE RETURN" RESETS X + DCA XVALUE / TO ITS ORIGINAL VALUE +LF, TAD YINCR /"LINE FEED" + CLL RTL / DECREMENTS THE + CLL CIA RAL / Y-VALUE BY + TAD YVALUE / EIGHT SCALE + DCA YVALUE / STEPS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +RESET, TAD INITX /"RESET" RESETS + DCA XVALUE / X AND Y TO + TAD INITY / THEIR ORIGINAL + JMP RESET-2 / VALUES +TERM, ISZ CHAR /TERMINATE CODE CAUSES + JMP I CHAR / EXIT TO P+2 +/ +INITX, 0 /INITIAL X-VALUE +INITY, 327 /INITIAL Y-VALUE +XVALUE, 0 /CURRENT X-VALUE +YVALUE, 0 /CURRENT Y-VALUE +XINCR, 6 /BASIC X INCREMENT VALUE +YINCR, 10 /BASIC Y INCREMENT VALUE +YTEMP, 0 /TEMPORARY Y-VALUE +CURPLT, 0 /CURRENT PLOT BITS +ADDR, 0 /CURRENT STRING ADDRESS +COUNT6, 0 /6-BIT COUNTER +COUNT2, 0 /2-WORD COUNTER +KM6, -6 /CONSTANT FOR COUNT6 +K77, 77 /CHARACTER CODE MASK +POINT, 0 /TABLE POINTER +/ + + +/ +TABLE, .+1 /TABLE BASE ADDRESS + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (00) + TERM /TERMINATION CODE + 7611 / A + 1176 + 7745 / B + 4532 + 3641 / C + 4122 + 7741 / D + 4136 + 7745 / E + 4541 + 7705 / F + 501 + 7741 / G + 5173 + 7710 / H + 1077 + 4177 / I + 4100 + 2040 / J + 4037 + 7714 / K + 2241 + 7740 / L + 4040 + 7702 / M + 277 + 7706 / N + 3077 + 7741 / O + 4177 + 7705 / P + 502 + 3641 / Q + 6176 + 7715 / R + 2542 + 2245 / S + 5122 + 177 / T + 100 + 3740 / U + 4037 + 1720 / V + 4037 + 7730 / W + 3077 + 4136 / X + 3641 + 374 / Y + 7403 + 6151 / Z + 4543 + 7741 / [ + 0 + 204 / \ + 1020 + 4177 / ] + 0 + 436 / ^ + 400 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (37) + RESET /RESET + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (40) + SPACE /SPACE + 5600 / ! + 0 + 303 / " + 0 + 1477 / # + 7714 + 2277 / MARKER + 2200 + 2313 / % + 6462 + 7777 / BLOCK + 7777 + 300 / ' + 0 + 3641 / ( + 0 + 4136 / ) + 0 + 4040 / UNDERSCORE (52) + 4040 + 1034 / + + 1000 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (54) + LF /LINE FEED + 1010 / - + 1000 + 4000 / . + 0 + 2010 / / + 402 + 3641 / 0 + 4136 + 4442 / 1 + 7740 + 4261 / 2 + 5146 + 2145 / 3 + 5321 + 1710 / 4 + 1077 + 4745 / 5 + 4531 + 7750 / 6 + 5070 + 6111 / 7 + 503 + 2255 / 8 + 5522 + 705 / 9 + 577 + 2400 / : + 0 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (73) + CRLF /CARRIAGE RETURN; LINE FEED + 1024 / > + 4200 + 1212 / = + 1200 + 4224 / < + 1000 + 255 / ? + 300 + + + +/ +/ HERE FOLLOW THE PACKED ASCII TEXTS FOR THE VARIOUS +/ VICTORY MESSAGES. PERSONS ADVENTEROUS TO FIND THIS MIGH CARE +/ TO TOGGLE IN SOME CUTE LITTLE MESSAGES OF THEIR OWN. +/ + +MESS0, 3773 +MESS5, 7340 + 4040 + 4040 + 4000 + +MESS1, 1716 + 0500 + +MESS2, 2427 + 1700 + +MESS3, 2711 + 1623 + 4100 + +MESS4, 1617 + 0217 + 0431 + 0000 + + + + *7400 + +DISBUF, 0 + +/ THE DISPLAY BUFFERS BEGIN HERE AND EXTEND UP SOMEWHERE TO +/ AROUND 7575 OR SO. +/ +/ +/ +/ +/ + + + + + $ + +//////////////////////////// +/ +/ THIS IS THE END +/ +/////////////////////////// + + + + + + diff --git a/sw/spacewar/klemens/space.pa b/sw/spacewar/klemens/space.pa new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a6966b --- /dev/null +++ b/sw/spacewar/klemens/space.pa @@ -0,0 +1,2527 @@ +/ SPACE WAR +/ +/ INTERPLANETARY DEATH AND DESTRUCTION ON YOUR +/ LAB-8 +/ +/ +/ KK, 21-APR-2005 +/ CHANGED THE PROGRAM FOR MY LAB-8/E +/ IT HAS: +/ REAL-TIME PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK (DK8-EP) +/ BUFFERED DIGITAL I/O (DR8-EA) +/ POINT-PLOT DISPLAY CONTROL (VC8-E) +/ +/ MAIN DIFFERENCES TO LAB-8: +/ * CLOCK IS PROGRAMMABLE. INTERRUPT-RATE HAS TO BE TO PROGRAMMED +/ TO 10KC/S. +/ * DIGITAL I/O HAS 12BIT INPUT. +/ * POINT-PLOT DISPLAY HAS 10BIT RESOLUTION, BUT CANNOT INTENSIFY. +/ ALSO INTENSITY-PULSE (DIXY) DOESN'T WORK SATISFACTORING. +/ SO I ADDED STARS IN THE SKY, TO EMPLOY THE ELECTRON-BEAM WHILE +/ WAITING FOR NEXT INTERRUPT. +/ STARS COME FROM A STAR-MAP IN THE 20-VOL. "DTV-LEXIKON" FROM +/ 1972. ISBN 3-423-03067-4. THE MAP IS IN VOL. 17 ON PAGE 283. +/ I MADE A PHOTOCOPY FROM THIS BOOK IN SCALE 1:2 FOR BETTER +/ ACCURACY. TO AVOID NEGATIVE COORDINATES, I LAID 0:0 IN THE +/ LOWER LEFT CORNER OF THE MAP. +/ +/ I ALSO ADDED A SCORE COUNTER. +/ +/ +/ +/ EVAN SUITS +/ +/ THIS VERSION WORKS OFF EITHER THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR OR THE +/ SR. WHEN THE PROGRAM IS STARTED (AT 0200) OR RESTARTED THE +/ SR WILL BE TESTED AND IF =0000 WILL BE USED FOR THE COMMAND +/ INPUT. OTHERWISE, THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR (AX08 * C0-C7 * +/ XR OPTION ONLY) CONTINGENCY INPUTS WILL BE USED. +/ +/ WHEN THE PROGRAM IS STARTED THE TWO SHIPS SHOULD +/ APPEAR ON THE SCREEN WITH SHIP 'ONE' ON THE LEFT, SHIP +/ 'TWO' ON THE RIGHT. +/ +/ THE COMMAND WORD BIT ASSIGNMENTS ARE: +/ +/ SR BIT: C: FUNCTION: +/ +/ 0 0 SHIP ONE ROTATES LEFT +/ +/ 1 1 SHIP ONE ROTATES RIGHT +/ +/ 2 2 SHIP ONE ACCELERATES +/ +/ 3 3 SHIP ONE FIRES +/ +/ +/ +/ 8 4 SHIP TWO ROTATES LEFT +/ +/ 9 5 SHIP TWO ROTATES RIGHT +/ +/ 10 6 SHIP TWO ACCELERATES +/ +/ 11 7 SHIP TWO FIRES +/ +/ +/ +/ NOTE THAT TURNING RIGHT AND LEFT SIMULTANEOUSLY THROWS +/ THE SHIP INTO HYPERSPACE. IN THE CURRENT VERSION THE ODDS +/ ARE IN FAVOR OF YOUR MAKING IT BACK SAFELY. THE GAME IS OVER +/ WHEN ONE OR BOTH OF THE SHIPS HAVE BEEN DESTROYED AND THE +/ WINNER (IF ANY) IS IN NORMAL SPACE. WHEN THE WINNER +/ HAS BEEN ANNOUNCED, HIT ANY TTY KEY TO RESTART. +/ + + + +/ SYMBOL DEFINITIONS FOR PAL8-PAL10 + +DXC=6301 /CLEAR X REGISTER +DYC=6311 /CLEAR Y REGISTER +DYL=6312 /LOAD Y FROM AC +DXL=6302 /LOAD X FROM AC +DIS=6304 /INTENSIFY POINT +SKXK=6321 /SKIP ON CRYSTAL CLK FLAG +DSB=6324 /SET BRIGHTNESS (BRIGHT) +XRIN=6331 /OR EXTERNAL SENSE REGISTER IN AC +XRCL=6334 /SET BITS IN AC CLEAR CORRESP. BITS IN SENSE REG. +ZTEN=6342 /ZEROS IN AC CLEAR BITS IN ENABLE REGISTER +OTEN=6344 /ONES IN AC SET BIS IN ENABLE REG. THEN CLA +CLXK=6352 /CLEAR CRYSTAL CLK FLAG +CRF=6072 /CLEAR SOME UNKNOWN FLAGS +CCF=6052 /CLEAR SOME UNKNOWN FLAGS + +CLZE=6130 /CLEAR CLOCK ENA REG. PER 1 IN AC +CLSK=6131 /SKIP ON CLOCK FLAG +CLOE=6132 /SET CLOCK REG PER 1 IN AC +CLAB=6133 /AC TO CLOCK COUNTER +CLSA=6135 /STATUS TO AC, CLEAR CLK FLAG + +DISD=6052 /SKIP ON DONE +DILX=6053 /LOAD X REGISTER +DILY=6054 /LOAD Y REGISTER +DIXY=6055 /CLEAR DONE AND INTENSIFY + +DBRI=6514 /LOAD CONTENT OF INPUT REGISTER TO AC + / +/ THIS PROGRAM RELIES ON THE PROGRAM INTERUPT FACILITY FOR +/ REAL WORLD TIMING PURPOSES. +/ + + *0 + + 0 /EFFECTIVE JMS 0 ON PROGRAM INTERUPT + JMP I 2 /EXIT IMMEDIATLY TO SERVICE ROUTINE + INTSER + +EMPTY, 0 /THESE LOCATIONS ARE RESERVED FOR +ODT1, 0 /DEBUGGERS, ETC. +ODT2, 0 +ODT3, 0 + +/ +/ ALL THE AUTO INDEX REGISTERS ARE NAMED BUT NOT ALL OF +/ THEM ARE USED. THE STATUS OF ANY GIVEN REGISTER CANNOT +/ BE DETERMINED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT BY CAREFUL INSPECTION OF +/ THE CODE. +/ + + *10 + +AUTO10, 0 +AUTO11, 0 +AUTO12, 0 +AUTO13, 0 +AUTO14, 0 +AUTO15, 0 +AUTO16, 0 +AUTO17, 0 + +/ +/ THE FOLLOWING ARE THE DATA FILES FOR THE TWO SPACE SHIPS +/ AS WELL AS CERTAIN OTHER PARAMETERS FOR CALCULATING POSITIONS +/ AND SO ON. THE ORDER OF THE LOCATIONS MUST BE PRESERVED +/ ALTHOUGH THE SIZE OF THE TABLES MAY BE VARIED +/ + + *20 + +ONEOUT, 0 /IF NON-ZERO CONTAINS REAMINING TIME OF EXPLOSION +ONECNT, 0 /NUMBER OF POINTS IN FIGURE TO BE DISPLAYED +ONEFLG, 0 /IN OR OUT OF NORMAL SPACE +ONETHE, 0 /ANGLE OF ORIENTATION ON SCREEN +ONEVEX, 0 /X COMPONENT OF VELOCITY +ONEVEY, 0 /Y COMPONENT OF VELOCITY +ONEPEX, 0 /X POSITION (12 BITS) +ONEPEY, 0 /Y POSITION (12 BITS) +ONESIN, 0 /SINE OF ANGLE +ONECOS, 0 /COSINE OF ANGLE +ONEFIN, 0 /SET WHEN EXPLOSION DIES OUT + +TWOOUT, 0 /SAME CONTENT AND ORDER +TWOCNT, 0 /AS ABOVE +TWOFLG, 0 +TWOTHE, 0 +TWOVEX, 0 +TWOVEY, 0 +TWOPEX, 0 +TWOPEY, 0 +TWOSIN, 0 +TWOCOS, 0 +TWOFIN, 0 + +LASTX, 0 /KKKK +LASTY, 0 +LASTX1, 0 +LASTY1, 0 +/ +/ THESE LOCATIONS ARE USED BY THE "VECTOR GENERATOR" IN +/ DISPLAYING THE FIGURES. A FOUR DOT VECTOR WILL BE DRAWN +/ FROM XONE,YONE TO XTWO,YTWO WITH STEPS OF SIZE DIXTEM,DIYTEM +/ + +XONEDS, 0 +YONEDS, 0 +XTWODS, 0 +YTWODS, 0 +DIXTEM, 0 +DIYTEM, 0 +DISCNT, 0 +PNTCNT, 1 + +/ +/ THE NEXT LOCATIONS ARE USED BY CALPOS TO DO A FAST +/ MULTIPLY TO HELP CALCULATE THE DISPLAY FILES. +/ +T10SIN, 0 +T20SIN, 0 +T30SIN, 0 +T10COS, 0 +T20COS, 0 +T30COS, 0 + +CALSIN, 0 +CALCOS, 0 + + +/ +/ NOW COME THE VARIOUS ODDS AND ENDS ONE USUALLY FINDS ON +/ PAGE ZERO +/ + +SINE, SINEIN +COSINE, COSINI +MULT, MULTI +RSHIFT, SHIFTR +VECTOR, DISPLY +CALPOS, POSCAL +INTWRD, 0 +INTCNT, 0 +CLOCK, 0 +HYPER, HYPSET +MESOUT, CHARS +THEADJ, THEAJI +VEESCL, VEELIM +ISHFT, DISHFT +RESET1, RESE1 +GAMOVR, -3 +ACCFLG, 0 +ACCPER, -30 +MEXP, -400 + +PROX, 0 +PROY, 0 +PROLIF, -360 +BUFTMP, 0 +ONEFIL, DISBUF +TWOFIL, DISBUF+40 + +P5, 5 +P10, 10 +P17, 17 +P20, 20 +P37, 37 +P40, 40 +P65, 65 +P100, 100 +P6601, 6601 +P132, 132 +P200, 200 +P400, 400 +P550, 550 +P600, 600 +P3777, 3777 + +M3, -3 +M4, -4 +M6, -6 +M10, -10 +M11, -11 +M264, -264 +M100, -100 +M200, -200 +M400, -400 +M550, -550 +M600, -600 +M1000, -1000 +M7605, 7605 +SB, 0 +SBI, STARS +MESS, 0 +IDLE, NOP / HLT + DBRI + TAD M0021 + SNA CLA + JMP I RESTR + JMP I BACK +BACK, JOBLOP+1 +M0021, -0021 +RESTR, RESTRT +/ +/ THE PROGRAM MAY BE STARTED OR RESTARTED AT ANYTIME AT 0200. +/ THE DATA FILE ON PAGE ZERO IS CLEARED, ALL FLAGS INITIALIZED, +/ AND THE SR EXAMINED. IF THE SR=0 THE DISPLAY UPDATE ROUTINES +/ ARE SET TO PICK UP THE STATUS WORD FROM THE SR. IF THE SR +/ DOES NOT EQUAL ZERO, THE STATUS WORD IS READ FROM THE EIGHT +/ CONTINGENCY INPUTS ON THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR OF THE AX08 +/ (XR OPTION ONLY). JUMP IS THEN TO THE DISPLAY +/ FILE UPDATE TO START OFF THE GAME. +/ + + *200 + +START, CLA CLL /START OR RESTART HERE ANY OLD TIME + LAS /SR + SNA CLA + TAD SWRD /USE THE SR + TAD XROPT /USE THE BLUE RIBBON CONNECTOR + DCA COLDST /AND LEAVE IN THE TRAP LOCATION + +RESTRT, CLA CMA +/ XRCL / ORG + CLZE / KKKK + CLAB + CLA CLL + + TAD P17 /FIRST CLEAR THE POSITION AND DATA + DCA AUTO10 /TABLES OF THE TWO SHIPS + TAD TABLEN + DCA AUTO11 + DCA I AUTO10 + ISZ AUTO11 + JMP .-2 + + TAD STRT1 /SET THE STARTING POSITIONS OF THE + DCA ONEPEX /TWO SHIPS + TAD STRT2 + DCA TWOPEX + TAD P37 /SET TRIG FUNCTIONS JUST IN CASE + DCA ONECOS + TAD P37 + DCA TWOCOS /ZERO DEGREES IS POINTING STRAIGHT UP + IAC + DCA PNTCNT + TAD ACCPER /SET COUNT FOR VELOCITY INCREASE + DCA ACCFLG + DCA ONEFIN /CLEAR ALL GAME END FLAGS + DCA TWOFIN + DCA GAMOVR + JMS I BUFSET /RESET ALL PROJECTILE DISPLAY BUFFERS + / ZTEN /ORG + / OTEN + / RRB + / CRF /UNKNOWN FLAG + / CCF /UNKNOWN FLAG + TAD P5410 /START UP THE CRYSTAL CLOCK IN THE AX08 + CLOE /KK + TCF /CLEAR OTHER REMAINING LIKELY FLAGS + KCF + CLA + JMP COLDST /AND GO TO IT +P5410, 5410 + +/ +/ UPDATE IS REACHED WHENEVER THE PROGRAM IS STARTED OR THE +/ CLOCK COUNT OVERFLOWS INDICATING TIME TO RECALCULATE THE +/ THE DISPLAY FILES AND REFRESH THE DISPLAY. THE INTERUPT +/ COUNT IS RESTORED, THE STATUS WORD IS PICKED UP FROM EITHER +/ THE SR OR BRC, AND THE RECALCULATION PROCESS BEGUN. +/ + +UPDATE, CLA CLL /HERE ON CLOCK COUNT OVERFLOW. + /START NEXT SWEEP +COLDST, 0 /TRAP TO READ SR OR BRC + LAS /HERE FOR SR +/ SWITCHES FOR SHIP 1 AND 2 WERE WRONG! KKK + DCA INTWRD /STORE TEMPORARILY + TAD INTWRD + JMS CLRV + TAD INTWRD /MASK OUT LEFTMOST 4 BITS + RTR /FOR NUMBER ONE + BSW + AND RYTHAF + DCA INTTEM /AND STORE + TAD INTWRD /MASK OUT RIGHTMOST BITS FOR NUMBER TWO + BSW + RTR + AND LFTHAF + TAD INTTEM /ADD TOGETHER + JMP CODST1 /AND CONTINUE + +CODST, +/ XRIN /HERE FOR BRC - PICK UP AND CLEAR +/ XRCL + DBRI / KKKK + RAL + SNL + JMP CODST2 + AND M0600 + TAD P0600 +CODST2, SMA + JMP CODST3 + AND M0030 + TAD P0030 +CODST3, RAR +CODST1, DCA INTWRD /CONTINUE + TAD M550 /RESTORE INTERUPT COUNT BEFORE NEXT + DCA INTCNT /UPDATE + ION /GET READY FOR THE NEXT CYCLE + TAD ACCFLG /ALLOW VELOCITY INCREASE THIS TIME? + IAC /ONLY WHEN ACCFLG=0 + SMA SZA + TAD ACCPER /IF ZERO, RESET COUNT + DCA ACCFLG + + JMP I .+1 /NOW GET DOWN TO WORK. + ONEUP + +BUFSET, SETBUF +TABLEN, AUTO17-CALCOS +INTTEM, 0 +LFTHAF, 0360 +RYTHAF, 0017 +M0600, 7177 +P0600, 0600 +M0030, 7747 +P0030, 0030 +STRT1, 1000 +STRT2, -1000 +SWRD, 2000-CODST +XROPT, JMP CODST + + +/ +/ THIS IS THE INTERUPT SERVICE ROUTINE. MOST OF THE +/ INTERUPTS WILL BE FROM THE CRYSTAL CLOCK WHICH WILL BE +/ COUNTED AND UNLESS THE COUNT OVERFLOWS THE INTERUPT IS +/ DISMISSED IMMEDIATLY. IF THE COUNT OVER FLOWS, JMP IS TO +/ UPDATE WITH IOF. +/ +/ SPECIAL CASE IS KEYBOARD INTERUPT WHEN THE GAMOVR FLAG IS +/ SET IN WHICH CASE THE GAME IS RESTARTED. +/ +/ UNEXPECTED INTERUPTS ARE COUNTED AND AFTER ENOUGH OF THEM +/ HAPPEN THE PROGRAM HALTS. IF THIS HAPPENS RELOAD OR FIND THE +/ STRANGE FLAG +/ + +INTSER, DCA INTACC /HERE RIGHT AFTER INTERUPT - STORE + RAR /AC AND LINK + DCA INTLNK /FOR POSSIBLE CONTINUATION +/ SKXK /WAS IT THE CRYSTAL CLOCK? + CLSK /KKKK + JMP INTBUS /NO TRY SOMETHING ELSE +/ CLXK /YES CLEAR THE FLAG + CLSA + ISZ CLOCK /AND BUMP CLOCK COUNTER + NOP /IGNORE OVERFLOW + ISZ INTCNT /TIME FOR AN UPDATE? + JMP INTRET /NO, DISMISS THE INTERUPT + JMP UPDATE /YES, GO TO IT + +INTBUS, KSF /HERE ON NON-CLOCK INTERUPT + JMP .+5 /NOT THE KEYBOARD + KRB /READ KEYBOARD + TAD M3 /CTRL-C ? + SNA CLA + JMP OS8 + TAD GAMOVR /IS THE GAMEOVER + SZA CLA + JMP RESTRT /YES, RESTART + TCF /NO, HELL WITH IT + ISZ INTGLH /COUNT ONE BADDIE + SKP + HLT /HALT IF TOO MANY BADDIES + +INTRET, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISMISS THE INTERUPT + TAD INTLNK + RAL + TAD INTACC + ION + JMP I 0 +/ +OS8, IOF + JMP I M7605 +/ +INTACC, 0 +INTLNK, 0 +INTGLH, 0 + + +/ +/ NOW BEGINS THE GREAT UPDATE PROCEEDURE, FIRST FOR SHIP +/ NUMBER ONE (THE DELTA SHAPED SHIP WHICH APPEARS ON +/ THE LEFT AT THE START OF THE GAME). IF ALIVE THE STATUS +/ WORD (INTWRD) IS TESTED FOR REQUESTS FOR LEFT TURN, +/ RIGHT TURN, THRUST ON, AND LAUNCH PROJECTILE. THESE ACTIONS +/ MAY OR MAY NOT BE ACTED UPON DEPENDING ON COUNTS AND FLAGS. +/ WHEN THIS IS COMPLETE THE SAME OPERATION IS PERFORMED FOR +/ NUMBER TWO. +/ + *400 + +ONEUP, TAD ONEFLG /FIRST SEE IF IT'S IN NORMAL SPACE + SNA + JMP ONEOK /YES IT IS + IAC /NO, BUT IS IT JUST COMING OUT? + SNA + TAD ONEFIN /YES, THROW BACK IN IF ALREADY DESTROYED + DCA ONEFLG /OTHERWISE JUST COUNT ONE + JMP I ITWOUP /AND GO TO FIX UP NUMBER TWO + +ONEOK, TAD ONEOUT /IN NORMAL SPACE - IS IT EXPLODING? + SZA CLA + JMP ONEFIG /IF YES, ALLOW NO CONTROLS + TAD TWOFIN /HAS THE ENEMY BEEN VANQUISHED? + SZA CLA + JMS I ONEWN /YES, SIGNAL VICTORY + TAD INTWRD /NOW BEGIN TEST OF REQUEST + AND OP300 /LEFT AND RIGHT TURN TOGETHER MEAN HYPERSPACE! + TAD OM300 /TEST BITS 4 AND 5 + SZA CLA + JMP ONELEF /NOPE, CONTINUE + CMA /YES, CALL HYPER WITH AC=-1 FOR NUMBER ONE + JMP I HYPER +ONELEF, TAD INTWRD /REQUEST FOR LEFT TURN? + AND P200 /TEST BIT 4 + SNA CLA + JMP ONERYT /NO + CLA CLL CMA /YES DECREMENT ANGLE + JMP ONEFIG + +ONERYT, TAD INTWRD /HOW ABOUT RIGHT TURN + AND P100 /TEST BIT 5 + SZA CLA + IAC /YES, INCREMENT ANGLE + +ONEFIG, TAD ONETHE /PICK UP AND ADJUST ANGLE (MAYBE) + JMS I THEADJ /BRING BACK WITHIN LIMITS OF TRIG FUNCTIONS + DCA ONETHE /AND STORE + TAD ONETHE /FIND THEM TRIG FUNCTIONS + JMS I SINE /AND STORE ONCE AND FOR ALL + DCA ONESIN /IN THE APPROPRIATE PLACES + TAD ONETHE + JMS I COSINE + DCA ONECOS + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW THRUST IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP ONEVEL + + + +ONEMOV, TAD ACCFLG /ALLOW ANY VELOCITY INCREASE THIS CYCLE? + SZA CLA + JMP ONEVEL /NOPE + TAD INTWRD /YES, ANY REQUESTED? + AND P40 /TEST BIT 6 + SNA CLA + JMP ONEVEL /NONE REQUESTED + TAD ONECOS /YES, ADD IN VELOCITY INCREMENT DEPENDING + TAD ONEVEY /ON ORIENTATION + JMS I VEESCL /BUT DO NOT ALLOW TO EXCEED MAXIMUM + DCA ONEVEY /AND STORE + TAD ONESIN /DO THE SAME FOR THE OTHER (X) COMPONENT + TAD ONEVEX + JMS I VEESCL + DCA ONEVEX + + + +ONEVEL, TAD ONEVEX /NOW UPDATE THE POSITION WITH THE + JMS I ISHFT /VELOCITY COMPONENTS DIVIDED BY 4 + JMS I ISHFT /THIS MAINTAINS MAXIMUM RESOLUTION + TAD ONEPEX + DCA ONEPEX /IGNORE ANY OVERFLOW + TAD ONEVEY /DO THE SAME FOR Y COORDINATE + JMS I ISHFT /AND VELOCITY COMPONENT + JMS I ISHFT + TAD ONEPEY + DCA ONEPEY + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW PROJECTILE LAUNCH IF + SZA CLA /EXPLODING + JMP I ITWOUP + + + +ONELNC, TAD LNC1FG /OTHERWISE, SEE IF RELOAD IS FINISHED + SNA CLA + JMP .+3 + ISZ LNC1FG /NO, CONTINUE RELOADING + JMP I ITWOUP /AND EXIT + TAD INTWRD /YES, READY TO LAUNCH, TRIGGER BEEN PULLED? + AND P20 /TEST BIT7 + SNA CLA + JMP I ITWOUP /NO, WAIT FOR A BETTER SHOT + /.....I GUESS..... + TAD PROLIF /YES, SET CYCLE COUNT FOR THIS LAUNCH + DCA I AUTO16 /AUTO16 ALWAYS POINTS AT THE NEXT SLOT IN THE FILE + TAD ONEVEX /ADD SHIPS VELOCITY (SCALED OF COURSE) + JMS I ISHFT /TO ORIENTATION TO EXTABLISH X VELOCITY + JMS I RSHIFT /COMPONENT OF PROJECTILE + TAD ONESIN + JMS I RSHIFT /AND STICK IT IN THE FILE + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD ONESIN /MOVE THE LAUNCH POINT OUTSIDE THE + CLL RTL /SHIP OF ORIGIN + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO16 /AND STORE X POSITION + TAD ONEVEY /NOW DO THE SAME FOR THE Y VELOCITY AND + JMS I ISHFT /POSITION + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD ONECOS + JMS I RSHIFT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD ONECOS + CLL RTL + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD M200 /START RELOAD CYCLE + DCA LNC1FG + JMS I RESET1 /RESET AUTO16 TO NEXT HOLE + + JMP I .+1 /NOW TO FIX IT UP WITH NUMBER TWO +ITWOUP, TWOUP + +LNC1FG, 0 /PROJECTILE LAUNCH ENABLE + +OP300, 300 /HYPERSPACE REQUEST CODE BITS 4 AND 5 +OM300, -300 +ONEWN, ONEWIN /POINTER TO VICTORY MESSAGE + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE UPDATE PROCEEDURE FOR SHIP NUMBER TWO. +/ OPERATION IS THE SAME AS FOR NUMBER ONE ABOVE. +/ +CLRV, 0 + BSW + SMA CLA + JMP I CLRV + DCA ONEVEX + DCA ONEVEY + DCA TWOVEX + DCA TWOVEY + JMP I CLRV + *600 + +TWOUP, TAD TWOFLG /FIRST SEE IF IT'S IN NORMAL SPACE + SNA + JMP TWOOK /YES, CONTINUE + IAC /NO, BUMP COUNT AND TEST FOR REENTRY + SNA + TAD TWOFIN /IF RE-ENTERING THROW BACK OUT IF FINISHED + DCA TWOFLG /AND CONTINUE + JMP I IONEST + +TWOOK, TAD TWOOUT /HERE WHEN READY TO UPDATE IN NORMAL SPACE + SZA CLA /IS IT EXPLODING? + JMP TWOFIG /YES DO NOT ALLOW HYPERSPACE + TAD ONEFIN /DID WE JUST WIN? + SZA CLA + JMS I TWOWN /YES ENABLE END OF GAME MESSAGE + TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR HYPERSPACE REQUEST + AND OP14 + TAD OM14 /BITS 8 AND 9 MUST BE SET + SNA CLA + JMP I HYPER /8 AND 9 SET. ENTER HYPER ROUTINE WITH AC=0 + /FOR SHIP NUMBER 2 +TWOLEF, TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR LEFT TURN - BIT 8 + AND P10 + SNA CLA + JMP TWORYT /NOT SET + CLA CLL CMA /SET, DECREMENT TWOTHE BY 1 DEGREE + JMP TWOFIG /SKIP TEST FOR RIGHT TURN + +TWORYT, CLA CLL IAC RTL /TEST FOR RIGHT TURN - BIT 9 + AND INTWRD + SZA CLA + IAC /IF SET INCREMENT TWOTHE BY 1 DEGREE + +TWOFIG, TAD TWOTHE /UPDTAE TWOTHE + JMS I THEADJ /BRING TO WITHIN LIMITS OF SINE,COSINE + DCA TWOTHE /AND STORE + TAD TWOTHE + JMS I SINE /CALCULATE SINE AND COSINE FUNCTIONS + DCA TWOSIN /AND STORE IN DATA TABLE + TAD TWOTHE + JMS I COSINE + DCA TWOCOS + TAD TWOOUT /DO NOT ALLOW VELOCITY CHANGE IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP TWOVEL + + + +TWOMOV, TAD ACCFLG /NOW FOR ACCELERATION. TEST TO SEE IF ALLOWED + SZA CLA /DURING THIS UPDATE CYCLE + JMP TWOVEL /NOPE + CLL IAC RAL /YES, TEST FOR BIT 2 SET + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP TWOVEL /NOT SET + + TAD TWOSIN /UPDATE X VELOCITY COMPONENT BY SINE OF + TAD TWOVEX /ANGLE OF ORIENTATION + JMS I VEESCL /AND SCALE TO NOT EXCEED MAX + DCA TWOVEX /UPDATE Y COMPONENT WITH COSINE + + TAD TWOCOS + TAD TWOVEY + JMS I VEESCL + DCA TWOVEY + + + +TWOVEL, TAD TWOVEX /NOW UPDATE THE POSITION WITH THE VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /COMPONENTS/16 + JMS I ISHFT + TAD TWOPEX + DCA TWOPEX + TAD TWOVEY + JMS I ISHFT + JMS I ISHFT + TAD TWOPEY + DCA TWOPEY + TAD TWOOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I IONEST + + + +TWOLNC, TAD LNC2FG /NOW CHECK FOR PROJECTILE LAUNCH. FIRST + SNA CLA /TEST TO SEE IF RELOAD COMPLETE + JMP .+3 + ISZ LNC2FG /NO, COUNT ONE CYCLE AND EXIT + JMP I IONEST + IAC /YES, TEST TRIGGER BIT 11 + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP I IONEST /NOT SET, HELL WITH IT + + TAD PROLIF /OK, SET PROJECTILE LIFE + DCA I AUTO16 /AUTO16 IS ALWAYS POINTING AT THE NEXT SLOT + TAD TWOVEX /ADD SHIPS VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /(ADJUSTED) + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD TWOSIN /TO THAT OF PROJECTILE - AGAIN X COMPONENT + JMS I RSHIFT /FROM SINE OF ANGLE OF ORIENTATION + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOSIN /SET INITIAL POSITION TO BE JUST AHEAD + CLL RTL /OF THE SHIP + TAD TWOPEX /X COMPONENT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOVEY /NOW THE Y COMPONENTS FROM Y VELOCITY + JMS I ISHFT /Y POSITION AND COSINE + JMS I RSHIFT + TAD TWOCOS + JMS I RSHIFT + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD TWOCOS + CLL RTL + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO16 + TAD M200 + DCA LNC2FG /200 CYCLES OF RELOAD + JMS I RESET1 /DRINK LEADEN DEATH, NUMBER ONE! + + JMP I .+1 /FINAL EXIT TO DISPLAY FILE CALCULATIONS +IONEST, ONESET + +LNC2FG, 0 /RELOAD COUNT + +OP14, 14 /HYPERSPACE CODE +OM14, -14 +TWOWN, TWOWIN + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE DISPLAY CALCULATIONS FOR THE TWO SHIPS. AT +/ THIS POINT ONLY THE POSITION AND ORIENTATION OF EACH VESSEL +/ IS ONF INTEREST SINCE THE VELOCITY AND ALL THAT HAVE ALREADY +/ BEEN TAKEN CARE OF. FOR THE BOTH SHIPS THE DISPLAY FILES ARE +/ CALCULATED AS A SERIES OF PAIRS OF X,Y COORDINATES. BETWEEN +/ EACH PAIR OF POINTS A FOUR POINT VECTOR WILL BE DRAWN. THE +/ ACTUAL COORDINATES ARE CALCULATED AS DISPLACEMENTS +/ FROM THE CENTRAL PSOTION OF THE SHIP, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE +/ ANGLE OF ORIENTATION. THE FORMULAS FOLLOWED ARE: +/ +/ X(POINT)=X(BASE)+X(REL)*COS[THE]+Y(REL)*SINE[THE] +/ +/ Y(POINT)=Y(BASE)+Y(REL)*COS[THE]-X(REL)*SINE[THE] +/ +/ WHERE SINE[THE] AND COS[THE] ARE THE FUNCTIONS OF THE +/ ANGLE OF ORIENTATION, X(BASE) AND Y(BASE) ARE THE +/ COORDINATES OF THE SHIPS POSITION AND X(REL) AND Y(REL) +/ CORRESPOND TO DISPLACEMENT PAIRS DEPENDING ON THE SHAPE +/ OF THE FIGURE. ALL X AND Y RELS LIE WITHIN THE RANGE 0-3 AND +/ THERE FORE ALL NECESSARY DISPLACEMENTS FROM BASE COORDINATES +/ MAY BE CALCULATEDFROM DIFFERENT COMBINATIONS OF T10SIN, T20COS +/ ETC. THESE VALUES ARE CALCULATED BY A CALL TO POSCAL WITH THE SINE +/ AND COSINE OF THE ANGLE OF INTEREST IN CALSIN AND CALCOS. +/ +/ FOLLOWING THIS METHOD ANY FIGURE DESCRIBABLE WITH A 7 BY 7 +/ MATRIX OF POINTS MAY BE QUICKLY CALCULATED. +/ +/ BEGINNING AT ONESET DIFFERENT DISPLACEMENT PAIRS ARE CALCULATED +/ AND DEPOSITIED THROUGH AUTO10 TO FORM THE DISPLAY FILE FOR SHIP NUMBER ONE. +/ + + + *1000 + +ONESET, CLA CLL /BEGIN DISPLAY FILE FOR NUMBER ONE + TAD ONEFLG /DONT BOTHER IF NOT IN NORMAL SPACE + SZA CLA + JMP I ITWOST + TAD ONESIN /SET UP FOR MATRIX COMPONENT CALCULATIONS + DCA CALSIN + TAD ONECOS + DCA CALCOS + JMS I CALPOS /CALL THE CALCULATOR + +/ +/ CONSIDER THE 7 BY 7 MATRIX OF DISPLACEMENT POINTS WITH THE +/ CENTER AT 0,0 CORRESPONDING TO THE SHIPS POSITION. A SERIES +/ OF POINTS IS NOW DESCRIBED AROUND THIS CENTER USING THE +/ MULTIPLES OF THE TRIG FUNCTIONS JUST CALCULATED +/ SO THAT ANY POINT ON THE OUTLINE IS DESCRIBABLE AS X,Y +/ DISPLACED BY X,Y OF THE SHIP ITSELF +/ + + TAD ONEFIL /SET UP AUTO10 AS THE DISPLAY FILE + DCA AUTO10 /POINTER + TAD ONEPEX /THE FIRST POINT OF THE OUTLINE IS + TAD T30SIN + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 OR TOP CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + TAD T30COS + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10COS + CIA /THE SECOND IS + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 / -1,0 + TAD T10SIN /OR JUST LEFT OF DEAD CENTER + TAD ONEPEY /AND SO ON + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN + TAD T30COS /THE THIRD POINT IS + CIA + TAD ONEPEX / -3,-3 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS /OR BOTTOM LEFT HAND CORNER + CIA + TAD T30SIN + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T10SIN + CIA /FOURTH POINT + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,-1 + TAD T10COS + CIA /OR JUST BELOW CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + +FLAM1, TAD INTWRD /TEST FOR POWER ON. IF ON, DRAW THE + AND P40 /FLAME WITH AN EXTRA POINT SOME + SNA CLA /DISTANCE DIRECTLY BELOW THE SHIP + JMP ONECON /POWER NOT ON - CONTINUE + TAD ONEOUT /DO NOT ALLOW IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP ONECON + + TAD ONFG1 /USE ONFG1 TO TURN THE FLAME ON AND + SNA /OFF TO MAKE IT FLICKER. DISPLAY THE + CLA CLL CMA RAL /FLAME ONE TIME OUT OF THREE + DCA ONFG1 + + ISZ ONFG1 + JMP ONECON /ONE OUT OF THREE TIMES THIS WILL SKIP + + TAD ONFG2 /VARY ALSO THE LENGHT OF THE FLAME + CMA /WITH LONG SHORT LONG SHORT + DCA ONFG2 + + TAD ONFG2 /TIP OF FLAME AT EITHER + SNA CLA + TAD T10SIN / 0,-4 OR + TAD T30SIN / 0,-3 + CIA + TAD ONEPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD ONFG2 + SNA CLA + TAD T10COS + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10SIN + CIA + TAD ONEPEX /RETURN DISPLAY TO 0,-1 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T10COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + CLA CLL CMA RAL /ADD -2 TO POINT COUNT + + + +ONECON, TAD M6 /SET POINT COUNT TO -6 OR -8 + DCA ONECNT + + TAD T30SIN /CONTINUE WITH DISPLAY FILE - THIS POINT + CIA + TAD T30COS / AT 3,-3 + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 /OR LOWER RIGHT HAND CORNER + TAD T30SIN + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T10COS /NEXT + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 1,0 + TAD T10SIN / + CIA / OR JUST RIGHT OF CENTER + TAD ONEPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN /FINALLY BACK TO + TAD ONEPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + TAD T30COS / + TAD ONEPEY / TOP CENTE + DCA I AUTO10 + + JMP I ITWOST /NOW FOR NUMBER TWO +ITWOST, TWOSET + +ONFG1, 0 /USED TO COUNT FLICKERS +ONFG2, 0 /SHORT OR LONG FLAG + + +/ +/ HERE BEGINS THE DISPLAY FILE GENERATOR FOR SHIP TWO. +/ IT WORKS JUST LIKE THE ONE FOR NUMBER ONE BUT WITH +/ DIFFERENT DISPLACEMENT PAIRS AND TWO EXTRA POINTS +/ + + *1200 + +TWOSET, CLA CLL /DONT BOTHER IF NOT IN NORMAL SPACE + TAD TWOFLG + SZA CLA + JMP I IFILDS + TAD TWOSIN /SET UP TO HAVE DISPLACEMENT INCREMENTS + DCA CALSIN /CALCULATED + TAD TWOCOS + DCA CALCOS + JMS I CALPOS + + TAD TWOFIL /SET AUTO10 TO POINT TO SECOND DISPLAY + DCA AUTO10 /FILE + TAD T30SIN /FIRST POINT AT + TAD TWOPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + TAD T30COS / + TAD TWOPEY / OR TOP CENTER + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + TAD T20COS /SECOND POINT + TAD TWOPEY / -2,2 + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS /THIRD POINT + CIA / -2,0 + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T20COS + TAD T30SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEX /FOURTH POINT + DCA I AUTO10 / -2,-3 + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T20SIN + CIA /NEXT + TAD TWOPEX / 0,-2 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + +FLAM2, CLA CLL IAC RAL /NOW THE FLAME BIT. CHECK FOR POWER ON + AND INTWRD + SNA CLA + JMP TWOCON /NO, FORGET IT + TAD TWOOUT /NOT ALLOWED IF EXPLODING + SZA CLA + JMP TWOCON + + TAD TWFG1 /SET THE 1-3 FLICKER AS WITH #1 + SNA + CLA CLL CMA RAL + DCA TWFG1 + + ISZ TWFG1 /ALSO THE LENGHT VARIATION + JMP TWOCON + + TAD TWFG2 /EVERY OTHER TIME LONG + CMA + DCA TWFG2 + /FLAME TIP AT EITHER + TAD TWFG2 / 0,-3 + SNA CLA /OR + TAD T20SIN / 0,-5 + TAD T30SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD TWFG2 + SNA CLA + TAD T20COS + TAD T30COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20SIN /NOW BACK UP TO THE SHIP + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20COS + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + CLA CLL CMA RAL /ADD -2 TO POINT COUNT + + + +TWOCON, TAD M10 /SET POINT COUNT TO -8 OR -10 + DCA TWOCNT + + TAD T30SIN /CONTINUE WITH DISPLAY FILE + CIA /NEXT POINT AT 2,-3 + TAD T20COS + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + + + TAD T20COS /NEXT POINT + TAD TWOPEX / + DCA I AUTO10 / 2,0 + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T20COS /AND THE NEXT AT + TAD T20SIN + TAD TWOPEX / 2,2 + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T20SIN + CIA + TAD T20COS + TAD TWOPEY + DCA I AUTO10 + + TAD T30SIN + TAD TWOPEX + DCA I AUTO10 + TAD T30COS /AND THE LAST AT + TAD TWOPEY / + DCA I AUTO10 / 0,3 + + JMP I IFILDS /NOW TO DISPLAY THE WHOLE MESS +IFILDS, FILDIS + +TWFG1, 0 /FLIK THE FLAME +TWFG2, 0 /LONG OR SHORT + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY THE TWO SHIPS. CHECK FIRST FOR COLLISION +/ AND THEN SET THE TWO PAIRS OF COORDENATES FOR THE END +/ POINTS AND CALL THE "VECTOR GENERATOR" TO DRAW THE DOTS +/ IN BETWEEN. WHEN THE COUNT OVERFLOWS DO THE SAME FOR +/ NUMBER TWO. THEN EXIT TO DISPLAY ALL THE PROJECTILES. +/ + + *1400 + +FILDIS, CLA CLL /ALL SET TO GO + JMS I COLIDE /TEST FOR COLLISION FIRST +/ DSB 1 /IF NO COLLISION + NOP /KKKK + TAD ONEFLG /SKIP NUMBER ONE IF NOT IN NORMAL + SZA CLA /SPACE + JMP TWODIS + + TAD ONEFIL /SET UP POINTERS TO DISPLAY FILE + DCA AUTO10 /FOR NUMBER ONE + TAD ONECNT /ALONG WITH VECTOR COUNT + DCA AUTO11 + TAD I AUTO10 /SET OUT THE FIRST POINT PAIR + DCA XONEDS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YONEDS + TAD ONEOUT /NORMAL DISPLAY OR EXPLOSION? + SZA CLA + JMP I IONEEX /GO ELSE WHERE FOR EXPLOSION + +FILONE, TAD I AUTO10 /STEP TO NEXT PAIR OF POINTS + DCA XTWODS /SET X AND Y TO NEW POINT + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YTWODS + JMS I VECTOR /CALL THE DOT DRAWING MACHINE + TAD LASTX + DCA LASTX1 + TAD LASTY + DCA LASTY1 + ISZ AUTO11 + SKP /COUNT + JMP TWODIS /DO NUMBER TWO ON OVERFLOW + TAD XTWODS /SWAP POINTS FOR NEXT PAIR + DCA XONEDS + TAD YTWODS /THE GENERATOR DRAWS FROM ONE + DCA YONEDS /TOWARDS TWO + JMP FILONE + + + +TWODIS, TAD TWOFLG /HERE TO DO NUMBER TWO + SZA CLA /BUT NOT IF IN HYPER SPACE + JMP I IPRODS + + TAD TWOFIL /SET UP FILE POINTER AS IN ONE + DCA AUTO10 + TAD TWOCNT /AND THE COUNT + DCA AUTO11 + TAD I AUTO10 /I SUPPOSE THIS COULD BE A SUBROUTINE TOO + DCA XONEDS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YONEDS + TAD TWOOUT /IS IT EXPLODING? + SZA CLA + JMP I ITWOEX /YES, HOW EXCITING + +TWDLOP, TAD I AUTO10 /NO HOW DULL, STICK IN NEXT PAIR OF + DCA XTWODS /POINTS + TAD I AUTO10 + DCA YTWODS /AND CALL THE VECTOR SEQUENCE + JMS I VECTOR + ISZ AUTO11 + JMP .+3 + + JMP I .+1 /WHEN COUNT OVERFLOWS GO ON TO +IPRODS, PRODIS /DO THE PROJECTILE THING + + TAD XTWODS /OTHERWISE SWAP ON TO THE NEXT PAIR + DCA XONEDS /OF POINTS + TAD YTWODS + DCA YONEDS + JMP TWDLOP + +COLIDE, COLLID +IONEEX, ONEEXP +ITWOEX, TWOEXP + + +/ +/ THIS IS THE SO CALLED "VECTOR GENERATOR" WHICH DRAWS A +/ SERIES OF DOTS FROM XONEDS,YONEDS TO XTWODS,YTWODS. +/ THE COORDINATE COMPONENTS ARE DIVIDED INTO FOURTHS AND +/ FOUR DOTS DRAWN ON THE SCOPE SCREEN. NOTE THAT NO DOT +/ IS DRAWN AT XONEDS,YONEDS. THIS IS COMPENSATED FOR ELSEWHERE. +/ + + +DISPLY, 0 /ENTER TO DRAW A FOUR POINT VECTOR + TAD XONEDS /FROM XONEDS,YONEDS + CIA /TO XTWODS,YTWODS + TAD XTWODS /DIVIDE COORDINATE DIFERENCES INTO + JMS DISHFT /FOURTHS + DCA DIXTEM /AND STORE INCREMENT + TAD YONEDS + CIA + TAD YTWODS + JMS DISHFT + DCA DIYTEM + TAD M4 /FOR FOUR DOTS + DCA DISCNT + +DISLOP, TAD XONEDS /ADD INCREMENT TO CURRENT X AND Y + TAD DIXTEM + DCA XONEDS /NOTE THAT THIS ROUTINE DESTROYS + TAD YONEDS /XONEDS AND YONEDS + TAD DIYTEM + DCA YONEDS + TAD XONEDS + RTR /DIVIDE BY 8 TO FIT SCREEN SIZE +/ RAR + NOP +/ DXC DXL /SET X VALUE + DILX /KKKK +/ CLA + DCA LASTX + TAD YONEDS /DO THE SAME FOR Y + RTR +/ RAR + NOP +/ DYC DYL DIS /AT LAST SOMETHING TO SEE!! + DILY /KKKK +/ CLA + DCA LASTY + ISZ DISCNT /DONE YET? + JMP DISLOP /NOPE + JMP I DISPLY /YUP + + +DISHFT, 0 /A GENERALIZED SHIFT ROUTINE CALLED + CLL /FROM EVERYWHERE TO DIVIDE THE + SPA /AC BY FOUR WITH AN ASR RIGHT + CML IAC /NOTE THAT NEGATIVE NUMBERS ARE + RAR /ROUNDED UPWARDS (TOWARD ZERO) + CLL /TO MAKE IT COME OUT RIGHT + SPA + CML IAC /EVEN SO THERE ARE SOME ROUNDING ERRORS + RAR /SOMEWHERE. SO MUCH FOR 12 BIT MACHINES + JMP I DISHFT + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY ALL THE PROJECTILES AND TEST FOR HITS. +/ THE PROJECTILE DISPLAY FILE IS SEARCHED FOR PROJECTILES WITH +/ NON-ZERO COUNTS AND WHEN ONE IS FOUND THE POSITION IS +/ UPDATED BY THE VELOCITY, THE POINT DISPLAYED AND TESTED FOR +/ A HIT. +/ + + *1600 + +PRODIS, CLA CLL / BEGIN DISPLAY OF THE PROJECTILES + TAD BUFST /POINT TO BEGINNING OF DISPLAY FILE + DCA BUFTMP + NOP / DSB 2 KKKK /SET EXTRA BRIGHT FOR SINGLE POINTS + +PROLOP, TAD I BUFTMP /PICK UP NEXT COUNT + SNA + JMP EXPIRE /THIS ONE IS DEAD - GO TO THE NEXT + IAC /INCREMENT COUNT AND REPLACE + DCA I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP /BUMP POINTER TO X VELOCITY + TAD I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP /THEN TO XPOSITION AND UPDATE X POSITION + TAD I BUFTMP /WITH THE VELOCITY WHICH IS CONSTANT + DCA I BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP + DCA PROX /AND STORE X POSITION FOR DISPLAY AND TEST + ISZ BUFTMP /NOW TO Y POSITION AND VELOCITY + TAD I BUFTMP + ISZ BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP /SAME LITTLE GAME + DCA I BUFTMP + TAD I BUFTMP + DCA PROY /STORE THE NEW Y VALUE + + TAD PROX /DISPLAY THE POINT WITH + RTR /THE SAME SHIFT AS FOR THE SHIPS +/ RAR /FOR THE SMALL SCREEN +/ DXC DXL + DILX /KKKK + CLA + TAD PROY + RTR / +/ RAR +/ DYC DYL DIS /THERE IT IS!! + DILY /KKKK + CLA + JMS I CHKOUT /TEST FOR A HIT + ISZ BUFTMP /MOVE POINTER ON AND TEST FOR END + TAD BUFTMP /OF BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP PROLOP /NOT AT END - CONTINUE + + / +/ HERE AT THE END OF THE PROJECTILE DISPLAY. IF THE GAMOVR +/ FLAG IS SET, GO ON TO THE MESSAGE DISPLAY - VICTORY LAP +/ SECTION. OTHERWISE PICK UP THE REMAINING CLOCK COUNT +/ TO GIVE THE FANS SOMETHING TO LOOK AT, AND MOVE THE +/ ELECTRON BEAM TO A LOWER CORNER. THE COUNT DISPLAYED +/ IN THE AC IS THE NUMBER OF 100 USEC CLOCK TICKS REMAINING +/ WHEN THIS CODE IS REACHED BEFORE THE NEXT UPDATE WOULD +/ BEGIN. TURNS OUT THAT ROUGHLY 2/3 OF THE CPU IS LEFT +/ OVER SHOULD ANYONE WANT TO DO ANYTHING VERY FANCY. +/ + + +FINISH, TAD GAMOVR /IS THIS THE VICTORY LAP OR WHAT? + SZA CLA + JMP I ENDGAM /YES, GO TO PUT UP THE MESSAGE + JMP I .+1 + FINIS1 + TAD M1000 /MOVE THE BEAM OFF SCREEN + DILX / DYC DYL KKKK + CLA CLL + TAD M1000 + DILY / DXC DXL + DILX + JMP .-1 +/ +ENDGAM, JOBLOP + + + +EXPIRE, TAD BUFTMP /HERE TO ADVANCE THE BUFFER + TAD P5 /POINTER TO THE NEXT PROJECTILE + DCA BUFTMP /UNLESS THE END + TAD BUFTMP /OF THE BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM /IS REACHED + SZA CLA /IN WHICH CASE + JMP PROLOP /IT + JMP FINISH /QUITS + +BUFST, DISBUF+101 +BUFLIM, -DISBUF-175 +CHKOUT, CHECK + +RESE1, 0 /THIS IS CALLED TO SET THE POINTER + TAD MRES /(AUTO16) TO THE NEXT FREE SLOT + DCA RESCNT /FOR A PROJECTILE LAUNCH. 12 POSSIBLE + +RESLOP, TAD RESPNT /MOVE THE POINTER TO THE NEXT SLOT + TAD P5 + DCA RESPNT + TAD RESPNT /RESTE IF AT END OF BUFFER + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP RESCON + TAD BUFST + DCA RESPNT + +RESCON, TAD I RESPNT /FIND A HOLE YET? + SNA CLA + JMP RESFND /YES, SET UP AUTO16 + ISZ RESCNT /NO COUNT + JMP RESLOP /AND TRY AGAIN + HLT /NO HOLES AT ALL? + +RESFND, CMA /BACK THE POINTER FOR AUTO INDEXING + TAD RESPNT + DCA AUTO16 + JMP I RESE1 + +MRES, -14 +RESCNT, 0 +RESPNT, 0 + +SETBUF, 0 + CMA /THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED FROM THE + TAD BUFST /STARTING SEQUENCE TO INITIALIZE ALL + DCA AUTO16 /THE BUFFER POINTERS AND SO ON + TAD BUFST + DCA BUFTMP + TAD BUFST + DCA RESPNT + TAD BUFST + DCA SETPNT +SETLOP, DCA I SETPNT + ISZ SETPNT + TAD SETPNT + TAD BUFLIM + SZA CLA + JMP SETLOP + JMP I SETBUF + +SETPNT, 0 + + +/ +/ THIS HERE NOW THING CHECKS THE COORDINATES OF THE MOST RECENTLY +/ DISPLAYED PROJECTILE AGAINST THOSE OF THE SHIPS ON THE SCREEN. +/ IF WITH A COLLISION LIMIT A HIT IS RECORDED AND THE LIFE +/ COUNT OF THE PROJECTILE ZEROED TO REMOVE IT. A HIT SHIP +/ IS SUITABLY FLAGGED +/ + + *2000 + +CHECK, 0 /HERE TO TEST FOR A PROJECTILE HIT + TAD ONEFLG /CANT HIT SOMETHING IN HYPERSPACE + SZA CLA + JMP CHECK2 + TAD ONEOUT /OR SOMETHING THAT'S BEEN HIT + SZA CLA + JMP CHECK2 + + TAD PROX /CHECK X COORDINATES OF SHIP ONE + CIA /AND PROJECTILE + TAD ONEPEX /THIS SORT OF THING IS WHY THE + SPA /COORDINATES HAVE TO BE MAINTAINED TO 12 + CIA /BITS + TAD LIMIT /CLOSE ENOUGH? + SMA CLA + JMP CHECK2 /IF X ISN' CLOSE ENOUGH THEN NO HIT + TAD PROY /X WAS CLOSE ENOUGH, HOW ABOUT Y? + CIA + TAD ONEPEY + SPA + CIA + TAD LIMIT + SMA CLA + JMP CHECK2 /NO HIT + + TAD MEXP /DEPOSIT EXPLOSION COUNT IN ONEOUT + DCA ONEOUT /ALL THAT IS NECESSARY + JMS CUTOUT /REMOVE PROJECTILE + + + +CHECK2, TAD TWOFLG /NO HIT ON NUMBER ONE, TRY NUMBER TWO + SZA CLA + JMP I CHECK /BUT NOT IF IN HYPERSPACE + TAD TWOOUT /OR IF ALREADY HIT + SZA CLA + JMP I CHECK + + TAD PROX /CHECK X'S FIRST + CIA + TAD TWOPEX + SPA /GET ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + CIA + TAD LIMIT /AND TEST MAGNITUDE AGAINST PROXIMITY + SMA CLA /LIMIT + JMP I CHECK /NOWHERE NEAR CLOSE + + TAD PROY /NYAH, NYAH + CIA /TRY THE Y'S + TAD TWOPEY + SPA + CIA /ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + TAD LIMIT + SMA CLA + JMP I CHECK /CLEAN MISS! + + TAD MEXP /HIT ON TWO - END EVERYTHING BY SETTING + DCA TWOOUT /TWOOUT TO NON-ZERO EXPLOSION COUNT + JMS CUTOUT + JMP I CHECK /EXIT AFTER DESTOYING PROJECTILE + +LIMIT, -120 /PROXIMITY LIMIT FOR WHAT CONSTITUTES A HIT + +CUTOUT, 0 /THIS ROUTINE ZEROES OUT THE MOST RECENTLY + TAD M4 /DISPLAYED PROJECTILE BY ZEROEING THE + TAD BUFTMP /COUNT + DCA CUTPNT + DCA I CUTPNT + JMP I CUTOUT + +CUTPNT, 0 + + +/ +/ THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED TO TEST FOR A COLLISION BETWEEN THE +/ TWO SHIPS. THE COORDINATES OF BOTH ARE COMPARED +/ AND IFF SUFFICIENTLY CLOSE BOTH ARE DESTROYED BY SETTING +/ THEIR EXPLOSION COUNTS NON-ZERO. +/ + + +COLLID, 0 /HERE TO TEST FOR COLLISION + TAD ONEFLG /NO TEST IF EITHER SHIP IS IN + SZA CLA /HYPERSPACE OR EXPLODING + JMP I COLLID + TAD TWOFLG + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + TAD ONEOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + TAD TWOOUT + SZA CLA + JMP I COLLID + + TAD ONEPEX /BOTH SHIPS AVAILABLE FOR COLLISION + CIA /CHECK X COORDINATES FIRST + TAD TWOPEX + SPA /GET ABSOLUTE VALUE OF DIFFERENCE + CIA + TAD COLLIM /CLOSE ENOUGH? + SMA CLA + JMP I COLLID /NOPE, FORGET IT + + TAD ONEPEY /YES, NOW TRY THE Y COORDINATES + CIA + TAD TWOPEY + SPA + CIA /GET MAGNITUDE ONLY + TAD COLLIM + SMA CLA /CLOSE ENOUGH? + JMP I COLLID + TAD MEXP /YES, SET BOTH EXPLOSION COUNTS + DCA ONEOUT + TAD MEXP + DCA TWOOUT + JMP I COLLID + +COLLIM, -300 + +/ +/ THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED TO SET ONE OF THE TWO SHIPS INTO +/ HYPERSPACE. ON ENTRY THE AC=-1 FOR SHIP #1, 0 FOR SHIP +/ NUMBER 2. THE LOCATION CLOCK IS USED FOR A RANDOM +/ ADDRESS POINTER FROM WHICH WILL BE DRAWN THE +/ VARIOUS PARAMETERS FOR REENTRY. +/ + + *2200 + +HYPSET, DCA RTNFLG /HERE WITH AC=-1 OR 0 + TAD RTNFLG /SET UP LIST POINTER + SZA CLA + TAD ONEDIF /TO APPROPRIATE SHIP FILE + TAD TWOLST + DCA AUTO15 + + TAD CLOCK /SET UP "RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR" + DCA AUTO17 + TAD I AUTO17 /PICK UP FIRST THE AMOUNT OF TIME + AND TIMOUT /OUT OF NOMAL SPACE LIMITED TO -777 + CIA /UPDATE CYCLES ( ABOUT 15 SECONDS) + DCA I AUTO15 /AND STORE IN ONEOUT OR TWO OUT + + TAD I AUTO17 /THE NEXT RANDOM NUMBER BECOMES THE + JMS I THEADJ /ANGLE OR ORIENTATION ON REENTRY + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 /AND THE NEXT BECOMES THE X VELOCITY + JMS VEESET /COMPONENT + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 /AND THEN THE Y COMPONENT + JMS VEESET + DCA I AUTO15 + TAD I AUTO17 + DCA I AUTO15 + + TAD I AUTO17 + DCA I AUTO15 + + TAD I AUTO17 /FINALLY SEE IF RETURN WILL BE SUCCESSFLY + AND TIMOUT + TAD MHYP /ABOUT 3/4 CHANCE + SMA CLA + JMP HYPRET /OK + TAD RTNFLG /THIS IS THE ONE TIME IN FOUR. SET + SZA CLA /UP FOR EXPLOSION ON REENTRY + TAD ONEDIF + TAD OUTLOC + DCA VEESET + TAD MEXP + DCA I VEESET + +HYPRET, ISZ RTNFLG + JMP I TWORTN + JMP I ONERTN + +TIMOUT, 777 +ONEDIF, ONEFLG-TWOFLG +TWOLST, TWOFLG-1 +RTNFLG, 0 +ONERTN, TWOUP +TWORTN, ONESET +OUTLOC, TWOOUT +MHYP, -200 + + + +VEESET, 0 /HERE TO LIMIT VELOCITY COMPONENTS + CLL + SPA /GET MAGNITUDE + CML + AND HM177 /LIMIT TO 177 + SZL CLL + CIA + JMP I VEESET /AND EXIT + +HM177, 177 + +ONEEXP, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISPLAY SHIP NUMBER ONE AS + TAD ONETHE /AN EXPLOSION + TAD INCONE /FIRST ROTATE IT BY A GOOD DOLLOP + DCA ONETHE + JMS I IXPDIS /THEN CALL THE EXPLOSION GENERATOR + ISZ ONEOUT /DONE WITH THE EXPLOSION? + JMP I NOWTWO /NO, NORMAL RETURN + + IAC /YES, SET INTO PSEUDO HYPER SPACE + DCA ONEFLG + IAC /DISABLE RETURN FROM HYPER SPACE + DCA ONEFIN + + TAD TWOFIN /IS NUMBER TWO STILL AROUND? + SNA CLA + JMP I NOWTWO /YES, RETURN + JMP I TIEUP /NO, TIE BALL GAME + + +TWOEXP, CLA CLL /HERE TO DISPLAY SHIP NUMBER TWO + TAD TWOTHE /AS AN EXPLOSION. BASH IT AROUND + TAD INCTWO + DCA TWOTHE + JMS I IXPDIS /THEN DISPLAY IT + ISZ TWOOUT /DONE WITH EXPLOSION? + JMP I NOWPRO /NO, NORMAL RETURN + + IAC /YES, SEND INTO PSEUDO HYPER SPACE + DCA TWOFLG + IAC /DISABLE NORMAL RETURN FROM HYPERSPACE + DCA TWOFIN + /CHECK NUMBER ONE + TAD ONEFIN + SZA CLA /STILL ALIVE AND WELL? + JMP I TIEUP /NO, TIE GAME + JMP I NOWPRO /YES, CONTINUE ON +NOWTWO, TWODIS +NOWPRO, PRODIS +TIEUP, NOWIN +IXPDIS, EXPDIS +INCONE, 55 +INCTWO, 55 + + +/ +/ HERE TO DISPLAY THE FIGURE POINTED TO BY AUTO10 AS +/ AN EXPLOSION. THIS WORKS THE SAME WAY AS THE NORMAL +/ DISPLAY ROUTINE EXCEPT THAT THE COORDINATE INCREMENTS +/ ARE INVERTED TURNING THE FIGURE INSIDE OUT FOR S +/ A SORT OF CLOBBY EXPLOSION. +/ + + *2400 + +EXPDIS, 0 /HERE TO DISPLAY A FIGURE INSIDE OUT + TAD I AUTO10 /WITH THE POINTERS AND COUNTS ALREADY + DCA XTWODS /SET UP BY FILDIS OR TWODIS + TAD I AUTO10 /STICK NEXT TWO POINTS INTO LINE + DCA YTWODS + + TAD XTWODS + CIA /CALCULATE INCREMENT THE WRONG WAY + TAD XONEDS + DCA DIXTEM /AND STORE + TAD YTWODS + CIA + TAD YONEDS + DCA DIYTEM /SAME FOR Y + + TAD M4 /4 DOTS IN THE VECTOR" + DCA DISCNT /COULD HAVE CALLED THE OTHER + /VECTOR GENERATOR I SUPPOSE +EXPLOP, TAD XONEDS + TAD DIXTEM /ADD X AND Y INCREMENTS TO THE RUNNING + DCA XONEDS /TOTALS AND DISPLAY THE RUNNING + TAD YONEDS /TOTALS NORMAL SIZE + TAD DIYTEM + DCA YONEDS + + TAD XONEDS + RTR /COULD MAKE TWICE AS BIG BY NOP-ING + NOP / RAR /THE RAR'S BUT THE SCREEN IS SMALL ENOUGH + DILX / DXC DXL KKKK /AS IT IS + CLA + TAD YONEDS + RTR + NOP / RAR + DILY / DYC DYL DIS + CLA + ISZ DISCNT /DONE 4 DOTS? + JMP EXPLOP /NO + + ISZ AUTO11 /DONE ALL VECTORS IN THE FILE? + SKP + JMP I EXPDIS /YES, EXIT + + TAD XTWODS /NO SWAP TO NEXT PAIR OF POINTS + DCA XONEDS + TAD YTWODS + DCA YONEDS + JMP EXPDIS+1 + + + +/ +/ VEELIM IS THE SCALING ROUTINE FOR VELOCITY COMPONENTS. +/ THE COMPONENTS ARE SCALED TO REMAIN IN THE RANGE 140 +/ TO -140. THIS IS NECESSARY TO AVOID ASTRONOMICAL SPPED +/ BUILDUP ON THE SMALL SCREEN. UNFORTUNATELY THE X AND Y +/ COMPONENTS ARE SCALED SEPARATELY WHICH GIVES SLIGHT BUT +/ NOTICABLE DISTORTIONS IN DIAGONAL FLIGHT PATHS. IN THE +/ NORMAL HEAT OF THE BATTLE NO ONE WILL REALLY NOTICE. +/ + + +VEELIM, 0 /ENTER TO SCALE VELOCITY HELD IN + DCA VEEHLD /AC + TAD VEEHLD + SMA /BRANCH FOR POSITIVE OR NEGATIV + JMP VEEPOS + TAD VEEMAX + SMA CLA /GREATER THAN MAXIMUM POSITIVE? + JMP VEECLR /NO + TAD VEEMIN /I MEAN MAXIMUM NEGATIVE - YES SET + JMP I VEELIM /TO MAX NEGATIV + +VEEPOS, TAD VEEMIN /GREATER THAN MAX? + SPA CLA + JMP VEECLR /NO + TAD VEEMAX /YES SET TO MAX + JMP I VEELIM + +VEECLR, TAD VEEHLD /IT WAS IN RANGE ALL ALONG + JMP I VEELIM + +VEEHLD, 0 +VEEMIN, -140 +VEEMAX, 140 + +THEAJI, 0 /HERE TO ADJUST THE ANGLE TO A RANGE + SMA /0-550 OR 0-360 DEGREES. THIS IS + JMP .+3 /NECESSARY TO INSURE THAT PUSHDOWN OVERFLOW + TAD P550 /WILL NOT HAPPEN IN THE SINE AND COSINE + JMP .-3 /ROUTINES. THIS SIMPLY TAKES THE AC + TAD M550 /MODULO 360 AND EXITS + SMA + JMP .-2 + TAD P550 /FOLLOW IT THROUGH AND SEE IF IT DOESN'T + JMP I THEAJI + + +/ +/ ONE OF THESE ROUTINE IS ENTERED WHEN A WINNER IS DECLARED. +/ THE ADDRESS OF THE VICTORY MESSAGE IS PLACED IN MESS AND +/ THE GAMOVR FLAG SET TO CAUSE A BRANCH TO JOBLOP WHEN THE +/ DISPLAY CYCLE IS COMPLETED. THE ROUTINE WILL THEN DISPLAY +/ THE APPROPRIATE MESSAGE OVER THE REMAINING SHIPS IF +/ ANY UNTIL THE KEYBOARD IS MOLESTED OR THE CLOCK RUNS OUT +/ AND THE NEXT DISPLAY UPDATE CYCLE IS SET. AT ANY RATE THE +/ PROGRAM WILL REACH HERE ONLY WHEN SOMEONE HAS BITTEN THE +/ INTERGALACTIC DUST. +/ + + +ONEWIN, 0 /THIS IS CALLED WHEN TWOFIN IS SET + TAD MES1 /AND ONE FIN IS NOT. SET ONE TO VICTOR + DCA MESS /AND SET GAMOVR FLAG + IAC + DCA GAMOVR + TAD MESS6+3 + JMS INCREM + DCA MESS6+3 + DCA PNTCNT + JMP I ONEWIN /THEN RETURN TO UPDATE CYCLE + +TWOWIN, 0 /THIS IS CALLED WHEN ONEFIN IS SET + TAD MES2 /AND TWO FIN IS NOT + DCA MESS /SET ALSO GAMOVR + IAC + DCA GAMOVR + TAD MESS6+1 + JMS INCREM + DCA MESS6+1 + DCA PNTCNT + JMP I TWOWIN +/ +INCREM, 0 + TAD PNTCNT + BSW + TAD P600 + SMA + TAD P6601 + TAD M600 + BSW + JMP I INCREM +/ +NOWIN, TAD MES4 /GET HERE WHEN BOTH ONEFIN AND TWOFIN + DCA MESS /ARE SET . + IAC + DCA GAMOVR /NOBODY EVER REALLY WINDS + /UP THE WINNER IN THESE THINGS +JOBLOP, JMP IDLE / DSB 1 KKKK /THIS IS ENTERED FROM FINISH WH + TAD MES0 /GAMOVR IS SET AND SERVES TO DISPLAY + JMS I MESOUT /THE VICTORY MESSAGE ON THE SCREEN + TAD MESS /USING THE CHARACTER GENERATOR SOMEWHAT + JMS I MESOUT /FURTHER ON UNTIL THE GAME IS RESTARTED + TAD MES5 /OR UNTIL THE INTERRUPT COUNT OVERFLOWS + JMS I MESOUT /AND THE UPDATE CYCLE IS RESTARTED + TAD MES3 + JMS I MESOUT + TAD MES6 + JMS I MESOUT +FINITO, JMP JOBLOP + +MES0, MESS0 +MES1, MESS1 +MES2, MESS2 +MES3, MESS3 +MES4, MESS4 +MES5, MESS5 +MES6, MESS6 +MESS6, 5473 + 6060 + 4040 + 6060 + 0 + +/ +/ THE FOLLOWING ARE THE SINE AND COSINE ROUTINES CUSTOMIZED +/ FOR THIS PROGRAM FROM ANOTHER I WORKED ON. CALL EITHER +/ SINE OR COSINE WITH ANGLE IN DEGREES IN AC. THE ARGUEMENT +/ IS REDUCED THROUGH RECURSION UNTIL BETWEEN 0-89 DEGREES +/ AND THEN A TABLE LOOKUP DONE TO OBTAIN THE VALUE. IT TAKES +/ UP A FAIR AMOUNT OF SPACE BUT IT WORKS JUST FASTER +/ THAN SHEEP. THE COSINE CALL JUST TRANSFORMS THE ARGUEMENT +/ THROUGH SOME TRIGONOMETRIC GARBAGE AND CALLS THE SINE +/ ROUTINE. NOTE THAT CALLING EITHER ROUTINE WITH TOO +/ LARGE AN ARGUEMENT WILL CAUSE PUSHDOWN OVERFLOW AND THEN +/ ALL HELL WILL BREAK LOOSE. THE ORIGINAL ROUTINE FROM WHICH +/ THIS WAS STOLEN HAD FULL WORD PRECISION. +/ + + *6400 + +SINEIN, 0 /I REALLY CANT BRING MYSELF TO COMMENT + DCA SINARG /THIS. IT'S VERY STRAIGHFORWARD + TAD SINEIN + DCA I SINPSH + ISZ SINPSH + TAD SINARG + SZA + JMP SINNG2 + +SINPOP, CLA CLL CMA + TAD SINPSH + DCA SINPSH + TAD I SINPSH + DCA SINEIN + TAD SINARG + JMP I SINEIN + +SINNG2, SMA + JMP SINPOS + CIA + JMS SINEIN + +SINNEG, CIA + DCA SINARG + JMP SINPOP + +SINPOS, TAD M264 + SPA + JMP .+2 + JMP SINNEG-1 + TAD P132 + SPA + JMP SINELK + SZA CLA + JMP .+3 + TAD P37 + JMP SINNEG+1 + + TAD SINARG + TAD M264 + JMP SINNEG-1 + +SINELK, TAD P132 + TAD SINTAB + DCA SINEIN + TAD I SINEIN + DCA SINARG + JMP SINPOP + + + +SINARG, 0 +SINPSH, SINLST +SINLST, 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + +SINTAB, SINES-1 + +COSINI, 0 + CIA + TAD P132 + JMS SINEIN + JMP I COSINI + + + +SINES, 00 /1 + 01 /2 + 01 /3 + 02 /4 + 02 /5 + 03 /6 + 03 /7 + 04 /8 + 05 /9 + 05 /10 + 06 /11 + 06 /12 + 07 /13 + 07 /14 + 10 /15 + 10 /16 + 11 /17 + 11 /18 + 12 /19 + 12 /20 + 13 /21 + 13 /22 + 14 /23 + 15 /24 + 15 /25 + 16 /26 + 16 /27 + 17 /28 + 17 /29 + 20 /30 + 20 /31 + 20 /32 + 21 /33 + 21 /34 + 22 /35 + 22 /36 + 23 /37 + 23 /38 + 24 /39 + 24 /40 + 25 /41 + 25 /42 + 25 /43 + 26 /44 + 26 /45 + 27 /46 + 27 /47 + 27 /48 + 30 /49 + 30 /50 + 30 /51 + 31 /52 + 31 /53 + 31 /54 + 32 /55 + 32 /56 + 32 /57 + 33 /58 + 33 /59 + 33 /60 + 33 /61 + 34 /62 + 34 /63 + 34 /64 + 35 /65 + 35 /66 + 35 /67 + 35 /68 + 35 /69 + 36 /70 + 36 /71 + 36 /72 + 36 /73 + 36 /74 + 36 /75 + 37 /76 + 37 /77 + 37 /78 + 37 /79 + 37 /80 + 37 /81 + 37 /82 + 37 /83 + 37 /84 + 37 /85 + 37 /86 + 37 /87 + 37 /88 + 37 /89 + + + +MULTI, 0 /THIS IS STANDARD SINGLE PRECISION + CLL /MULTIPLY ROUTINE WHICH WAS ONCE + SPA /USED. I'VE LEFT IT IN SINCE + CMA CML IAC /THERE IS LOTS OF CORE LEFT OVER AND + DCA MULMP1 /MAYBLE SOMEDAY I'LL NEED IT TO PUT + DCA MULMP5 /IN A SUN OR SOMETHING. THIS IS THE + TAD I MULTI /STANDARD DEC SUBROUTINE WITH DIFFERENT + SNA /LABELS + JMP MULPSN+2 + SPA + CMA CML IAC + DCA MULMP2 + TAD MULTHR + DCA MULMP3 + +MULMP4, TAD MULMP1 + RAR + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 + SZL + TAD MULMP2 + CLL RAR + DCA MULMP5 + ISZ MULMP3 + JMP MULMP4 + TAD MULMP1 + RAR +MULPSN, SZL + JMP MULCMP + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 +MULMPZ, ISZ MULTI + JMP I MULTI + +MULCMP, CMA CLL IAC + DCA MULMP1 + TAD MULMP5 + CMA + SZL + IAC + JMP MULMPZ + +MULTHR, 7764 +MULMP1, 0 +MULMP5, 0 +MULMP2, 0 +MULMP3, 0 + + +/ +/ SHIFTR DIVIDES THE AC BY TWO WHETHER POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE +/ AND IS CALLED FROM VARIOUS PLACES. NOT ENTIRELY MYSTERIOUS +/ + + +SHIFTR, 0 + CLL + SPA + CML IAC + RAR + JMP I SHIFTR + + +/ +/ POSCAL IS CALLED TO CALCULATE THE COORDINATE INCREMENTS +/ NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE SHIP FIGURES. RATHER THAN DOING +/ A LOT OF EXPENSIVE MATH THIS DOES A QUICK PRODUCTION +/ OF 1, 2, AND 3 TIMES THE SIN AND COSINE VALUES FOUND +/ IN CALSIN AND CALCOS LEAVING THEM IN THE TABLE FOR +/ ONESET AND TWOSET. IF THE SCOPE WERE ANY BETTER +/ THIS PROBABLY WOULDN'T BE NEAR GOOD ENOUGH BUT.... +/ + +POSCAL, 0 + TAD CALSIN + + DCA T10SIN + TAD T10SIN + CLL RAL + DCA T20SIN + TAD T10SIN + TAD T20SIN + DCA T30SIN + + TAD CALCOS + + DCA T10COS + TAD T10COS + CLL RAL + DCA T20COS + TAD T10COS + TAD T20COS + DCA T30COS + JMP I POSCAL + + + *7000 + +/GENERAL PURPOSE SYMBOL GENERATOR +/ +CHARS, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT CHARACTER STRING + DCA ADDR /STORE STRING ADDRESS + TAD I ADDR /FETCH DOUBLE CHARACTER + RTR /SHIFT + RTR / FOR FIRST + RTR / CHARACTER + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + SKP /NORMAL RETURN -- SKIP + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT + TAD I ADDR /RECALL DOUBLE CHARACTER + ISZ ADDR /ADVANCE STRING ADDRESS + JMS CHAR /PLOT CHARACTER + JMP CHARS+2 /NORMAL RETURN -- REPEAT + JMP I CHARS /TERMINATION RETURN -- EXIT +/ +CHAR, 0 /ENTRY TO PLOT SINGLE CHARACTER + AND K77 /MASK OUT UPPER BITS + CLL RAL /MULTIPLY CODE BY TWO + TAD TABLE /ADD TABLE BASE ADDRESS + DCA POINT /CONSTRUCT POINTER TO 24-BIT CODE + CMA /INITIALIZE COUNTER FOR + DCA COUNT2 / TWO PLOT WORDS + TAD I POINT /FETCH FIRST PLOT WORD + ISZ POINT /INCREMENT POINTER FOR NEXT ONE + SNA /SKIP IF NOT SPECIAL CHARACTER + JMP SPCHAR /ELSE GO PROCESS IT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE CURRENT PLOT BITS +XPLOT, TAD KM6 /INITIALIZE 6-BIT + DCA COUNT6 / COUNTER + TAD YVALUE /RESET Y TEMPORARY + DCA YTEMP / VALUE FOR CHARACTER + TAD XVALUE /OUTPUT CURRENT + RAL + MQL + MQA +/ DILX / DXC DXL / KKKK X-VALUE TO CRT + RAR + TAD XINCR /INCREMENT + DCA XVALUE / ABSCISSA +YPLOT, TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + CLL RAL /GET NEXT BIT + DCA CURPLT /SAVE REMAINING PLOT BITS + SNL /SKIP IF POINT TO PLOT + JMP CNTINU /ELSE JUMP AHEAD + TAD YTEMP /OUTPUT CURRENT + RAL + DILY / DYC DYL DIS /KKKK / Y-VALUE TO CRT + MQA CLA + DILX + CLA CLL /CLEAR AC + TAD CURPLT /RECALL CURRENT PLOT BITS + SNA CLA /SKIP IF POINTS REMAINING + JMP WRDEND /ELSE WORD IS FINISHED +CNTINU, TAD YTEMP /INCREMENT TEMPORARY + TAD YINCR / Y-VALUE FOR NEXT + DCA YTEMP / CHARACTER STEP + ISZ COUNT6 /SKIP IF 6 BITS PLOTTED + JMP YPLOT /ELSE PLOT NEXT ONE + JMP XPLOT /GO UPDATE X-VALUE +WRDEND, ISZ COUNT2 /SKIP IF ANOTHER BIT WORD + JMP EXIT /ELSE EXIT + TAD I POINT /FETCH SECOND BIT WORD + SZA /SKIP IF NO PLOT POINTS + JMP XPLOT-1 /ELSE GO PLOT THEM +EXIT, TAD XVALUE /INCREMENT ABSCISSA + TAD XINCR / FOR SPACE BETWEEN + DCA XVALUE / SYMBOLS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +/ +SPCHAR, TAD I POINT /FETCH TRANSFER VECTOR + DCA POINT /STORE AS INDIRECT ADDRESS + JMP I POINT /GO TO APPROPRIATE ROUTINE +SPACE, TAD XINCR /FETCH BASIC ABSCISSA INCREMENT + CLL RTL /MULTIPLY BY FOUR AND + JMP EXIT / GO CREATE SPACE +CRLF, TAD INITX /"CARRIAGE RETURN" RESETS X + DCA XVALUE / TO ITS ORIGINAL VALUE +LF, TAD YINCR /"LINE FEED" + CLL RTL / DECREMENTS THE + CLL CIA RAL / Y-VALUE BY + TAD YVALUE / EIGHT SCALE + DCA YVALUE / STEPS + JMP I CHAR /EXIT FROM CHAR +RESET, TAD INITX /"RESET" RESETS + DCA XVALUE / X AND Y TO + TAD INITY / THEIR ORIGINAL + JMP RESET-2 / VALUES +TERM, ISZ CHAR /TERMINATE CODE CAUSES + JMP I CHAR / EXIT TO P+2 +/ +INITX, -150 /INITIAL X-VALUE +INITY, 327 /INITIAL Y-VALUE +XVALUE, 0 /CURRENT X-VALUE +YVALUE, 0 /CURRENT Y-VALUE +XINCR, 6 /BASIC X INCREMENT VALUE +YINCR, 10 /BASIC Y INCREMENT VALUE +YTEMP, 0 /TEMPORARY Y-VALUE +CURPLT, 0 /CURRENT PLOT BITS +ADDR, 0 /CURRENT STRING ADDRESS +COUNT6, 0 /6-BIT COUNTER +COUNT2, 0 /2-WORD COUNTER +KM6, -6 /CONSTANT FOR COUNT6 +K77, 77 /CHARACTER CODE MASK +POINT, 0 /TABLE POINTER +/ + +/ +TABLE, .+1 /TABLE BASE ADDRESS + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (00) + TERM /TERMINATION CODE + 7611 / A + 1176 + 7745 / B + 4532 + 3641 / C + 4122 + 7741 / D + 4136 + 7745 / E + 4541 + 7705 / F + 501 + 7741 / G + 5173 + 7710 / H + 1077 + 4177 / I + 4100 + 2040 / J + 4037 + 7714 / K + 2241 + 7740 / L + 4040 + 7702 / M + 277 + 7706 / N + 3077 + 7741 / O + 4177 + 7705 / P + 502 + 3641 / Q + 6176 + 7715 / R + 2542 + 2245 / S + 5122 + 177 / T + 100 + 3740 / U + 4037 + 1720 / V + 4037 + 7730 / W + 3077 + 4136 / X + 3641 + 374 / Y + 7403 + 6151 / Z + 4543 + 7741 / [ + 0 + 204 / \ + 1020 + 4177 / ] + 0 + 436 / ^ + 400 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (37) + RESET /RESET + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (40) + SPACE /SPACE + 5600 / ! + 0 + 303 / " + 0 + 1477 / # + 7714 + 2277 / MARKER + 2200 + 2313 / % + 6462 + 7777 / BLOCK + 7777 + 300 / ' + 0 + 3641 / ( + 0 + 4136 / ) + 0 + 4040 / UNDERSCORE (52) + 4040 + 1034 / + + 1000 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (54) + LF /LINE FEED + 1010 / - + 1000 + 4000 / . + 0 + 2010 / / + 402 + 3641 / 0 + 4136 + 4442 / 1 + 7740 + 4261 / 2 + 5146 + 2145 / 3 + 5321 + 1710 / 4 + 1077 + 4745 / 5 + 4531 + 7750 / 6 + 5070 + 6111 / 7 + 503 + 2255 / 8 + 5522 + 705 / 9 + 577 + 2400 / : + 0 + 0 /SPECIAL CHARACTER (73) + CRLF /CARRIAGE RETURN; LINE FEED + 1024 / > + 4200 + 1212 / = + 1200 + 4224 / < + 1000 + 255 / ? + 300 + + +/ +/ HERE FOLLOW THE PACKED ASCII TEXTS FOR THE VARIOUS +/ VICTORY MESSAGES. PERSONS ADVENTEROUS TO FIND THIS MIGH CARE +/ TO TOGGLE IN SOME CUTE LITTLE MESSAGES OF THEIR OWN. +/ + +MESS0, 3773 +MESS5, 7340 + 0 +/ 4040 +/ 4040 +/ 4000 + +MESS1, 2427 /"TW" + 1700 /"O\" + +MESS2, 1716 /"ON" + 0500 /"E\" + +MESS3, 2711 /"WI" + 1623 /"NS" + 4100 /"!\" + +MESS4, 1617 /"NO" + 0217 /"BO" + 0431 /"DY" + 0000 /"\" + + + *4000 +/ KK: ADDED STARS IN THE SKY +/ +FINIS1, TAD I SB + RAR / SCALE COORDINATES + TAD M1000 / SHIFT TO LEFT + MQL + CLA CLL + ISZ SB + TAD I SB + SNA + JMP FINIS3 / END OF STARS + RAR / SCALE COORDINATES + TAD M1000 / SHIFT DOWN + DILY + MQA CLA + DILX + ISZ SB + CLA CLL + TAD M100 / A LITTLE DELAY +FINIS2, IAC + SZA + JMP FINIS2 + JMP FINIS1 +/ +FINIS3, TAD SBI / REINITIALIZE STAR-POINTER + DCA SB + TAD ONE2 / AT THE REAL END: + CMA / POSITION DOT EITHER TO + DCA ONE2 / SHIP1 OR SHIP2 + TAD ONE2 + SNA CLA + JMP FINIS4 + TAD LASTX + DILX + CLA + TAD LASTY + DILY + JMP . +FINIS4, TAD LASTX1 + DILX + CLA + TAD LASTY1 + DILY + JMP . +ONE2, 0 +/ +/ STARS COME FROM THE 24-VOLUME "DTV-TASCHENLEXIKON" +/ + *4200 + DECIMAL +STARS, / PEGASUS + 425; 1665 + 490; 1730 + 615; 1740 + 682; 1735 + 920; 1770 + 725; 1615 + 680; 1575 + 425; 1665 + 682; 1735 + 725; 1615 + /CANCER + 1500; 632 + 1365; 615 + 1445; 585 + 1445; 545 + /URSA MAJ. + 725; 640 + 725; 640 + 800; 665 + 800; 665 + 855; 660 + 855; 660 + 885; 685 + 975; 740 + 975; 740 + 925; 640 + 925; 640 + 990; 690 + 990; 690 + 1000; 570 + 1110; 560 + 1150; 590 + 1140; 700 + 1200; 700 + 1200; 730 + /ORION + 1710; 1180 + 1710; 1180 + 1680; 1130 + 1730; 1080 + 1730; 1080 + /SERPENS + 190; 520 + 230; 510 + 230; 510 + 280; 490 + 300; 560 + /OPHIUCHUS + 100; 1000 + 60; 880 + 130; 885 + 130; 885 + 130; 750 + /ERIDANUS + 1660; 1730 + 1700; 1680 + 1740; 1630 + 1810; 1600 + /POLARSTERN + 950; 1025 + 950; 1025 + 859; 1011 + 810; 975 + 719; 939 + 800; 932 + 750; 882 + 790; 870 + 790; 870 + /EICHUNG +/ 1; 1 +/ 2000; 1 +/ 2000; 2000 +/ 1; 2000 + 0; 0 + OCTAL + *7400 + +DISBUF, 0 + +/ THE DISPLAY BUFFERS BEGIN HERE AND EXTEND UP SOMEWHERE TO +/ AROUND 7575 OR SO. +/ +/ +/ +/ +/ + + + + $ + +//////////////////////////// +/ +/ THIS IS THE END +/ +/////////////////////////// + + \ No newline at end of file